]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
; Merge from origin/emacs-25
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22164 57535 263192 607000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22164 57535
69 ;;;;;; 323192 607000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22164 57535
89 ;;;;;; 327192 607000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22164 57535
100 ;;;;;; 327192 607000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22189 60739 305741
112 ;;;;;; 19000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22164 57534
242 ;;;;;; 115192 607000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22164 57533 763192 607000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22164 57533 771192 607000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22164
841 ;;;;;; 57533 763192 607000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22164 57534 919192
900 ;;;;;; 607000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22164 57535 263192
922 ;;;;;; 607000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22164 57533 771192
955 ;;;;;; 607000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22189
982 ;;;;;; 60739 45741 19000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22164 57533 835192
1019 ;;;;;; 607000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22164 57533 771192
1041 ;;;;;; 607000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22164 57533 775192
1157 ;;;;;; 607000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22164 57533 775192 607000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22164 57535
1249 ;;;;;; 795192 607000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22164 57535
1456 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22164
1484 ;;;;;; 57534 447192 607000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22164 57533 775192
1497 ;;;;;; 607000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22164 57535
1558 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22164 57533 775192
1569 ;;;;;; 607000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22164
1608 ;;;;;; 57534 115192 607000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22189 60737 941741
1660 ;;;;;; 19000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22164 57533 775192 607000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22164 57535
1787 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22164 57533 779192
1806 ;;;;;; 607000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22164
1842 ;;;;;; 57534 119192 607000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22164 57535
1879 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 795192 607000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22164 57534 803192
1982 ;;;;;; 607000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22164 57535
2007 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22164 57533 779192
2127 ;;;;;; 607000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2145
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2152
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2156
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2166
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2170 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2171 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2172
2173 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2174 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2175 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2176 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2177 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2178 ever deletes the most recent one.
2179
2180 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2181 is nil, raise an error.
2182
2183 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2184 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2185 yank successive words.
2186
2187 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2188 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2189 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2190 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2191 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2192
2193 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2194 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2195 the list of bookmarks.)
2196
2197 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2200 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2201 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2202 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2203 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2204 this.
2205
2206 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2207 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2208 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2209 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2210
2211 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2212 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2213
2214 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2215 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2216 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2217
2218 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2221 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2222
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2226 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2227
2228 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2229 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2230 after a bookmark was set in it.
2231
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2235 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2236
2237 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2238 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2241
2242 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2245 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2246 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2247 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2248
2249 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2250 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2251 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2252
2253 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2254 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2255 name.
2256
2257 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2258
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2260 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2261 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2262
2263 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2264 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2265 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2266 this.
2267
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2271 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2272
2273 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2274 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2275 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2276 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2277 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2278 probably because we were called from there.
2279
2280 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2283 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2284
2285 \(fn)" t nil)
2286
2287 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2288
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2290 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2291 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2293 \(second argument).
2294
2295 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2296 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2297 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2298 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2299 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2300
2301 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2302 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2303 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2304 `bookmark-default-file'.
2305
2306 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2309 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2310 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2311 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2312 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2313 while loading.
2314
2315 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2316 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2317 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2318 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2319 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2320 explicitly.
2321
2322 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2323 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2324 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2325
2326 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2327
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2329 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2333
2334 \(fn)" t nil)
2335
2336 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2337
2338 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2339
2340 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2341 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2342
2343 \(fn)" t nil)
2344
2345 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2346
2347 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2348
2349 ;;;***
2350 \f
2351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22189 60738
2352 ;;;;;; 473741 19000))
2353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2354
2355 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2356 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2357 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2358 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2359
2360 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2361 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2362 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2363 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2364 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2365
2366 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2367
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2370 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2371 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2372 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2373 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2379 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2380 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2381 narrowed.
2382
2383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2384
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2386 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2387
2388 \(fn)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2392
2393 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2398 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2399 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2400 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2401 first, if that exists.
2402
2403 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2404 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2405 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2406 ignore it).
2407 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2408 as ARGS.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2414 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2415 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2416 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2422 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2423 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2424 says which browser to use.
2425
2426 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2429 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2430 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2431 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2432
2433 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2438 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2459 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2460
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465
2466 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2467 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2468 new tab in an existing window instead.
2469
2470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474
2475 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2476 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2477 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2478 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2479
2480 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2481 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2482 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483
2484 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2485 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2486 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2487
2488 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2489 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2496 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2497 Chromium.
2498 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2499
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2506
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511
2512 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2513 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2514 new tab in an existing window instead.
2515
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2520
2521 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2522
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2525
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2531 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2532
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2535 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2536 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2547
2548 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2549 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2550 program is invoked according to the variable
2551 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2552
2553 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2554 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2555 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2556 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557
2558 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2559 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2560
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562
2563 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2567 Default to the URL around or before point.
2568
2569 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2570 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2571 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2572
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2575 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2576 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2582
2583 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2584
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2586 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2587 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2588 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2589
2590 When called interactively, if variable
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2592 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2593 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2594 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2597 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2598 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2601 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point.
2608
2609 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2610 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2611 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612
2613 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2614 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2615
2616 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617
2618 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2619 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2620 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2621 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2626
2627 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2628 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2629 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2630 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2631 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2632 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2633 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2634
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2638 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2639 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2640 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2641 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2642
2643 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2644 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2645 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2646 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2647
2648 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2649 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2650
2651 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2652
2653 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2654 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2655 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2656 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2657 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2658 current one.
2659
2660 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2661 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2662 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2663 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664
2665 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2666 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2667
2668 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2669
2670 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2671 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2672 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2673 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2674 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2675 don't offer a form of remote control.
2676
2677 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2680 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2681 Default to the URL around or before point.
2682 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2683
2684 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2685
2686 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2687 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2688 Default to the URL around the point.
2689
2690 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2691 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2692
2693 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2694 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2695
2696 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2697
2698 ;;;***
2699 \f
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22164 57533 783192 607000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2702 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2703
2704 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2705 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2706 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2707 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2708
2709 \(fn)" t nil)
2710
2711 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2712 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2713 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2714 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2715
2716 \(fn)" t nil)
2717
2718 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2719 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2720
2721 \(fn)" t nil)
2722
2723 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2724 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2725 \\<bs-mode-map>
2726 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2727 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2728 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2729 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2730
2731 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2732 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2733 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2734 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2735 name of buffer configuration.
2736
2737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2738
2739 ;;;***
2740 \f
2741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22164 57535 263192
2742 ;;;;;; 607000))
2743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2744
2745 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2746 Play Bubbles game.
2747 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2748 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2749 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2750 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2751 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2752 columns on its right towards the left.
2753
2754 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2755 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2756 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2758
2759 \(fn)" t nil)
2760
2761 ;;;***
2762 \f
2763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2764 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 331192 607000))
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2766
2767 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2768
2769 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2770 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2779
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2781
2782 ;;;***
2783 \f
2784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22186
2785 ;;;;;; 37592 383696 775000))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2787 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2788 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2789 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2790
2791 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2792
2793 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2794 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2795 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2796 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2797 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2798 else the global value will be modified.
2799
2800 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2801
2802 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2803 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2804 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2805 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2806 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2807 else the global value will be modified.
2808
2809 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2813 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2814
2815 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2818 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2819 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2820 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2821
2822 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2823 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2824 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2825 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2826 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2827 before scanning it.
2828
2829 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2830 that already has a `.elc' file.
2831
2832 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2833 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2834
2835 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2836 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2837 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2838 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2839 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2840 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2841
2842 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2845 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2846 Print the result in the echo area.
2847 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2848
2849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2850
2851 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2852 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2853 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2854
2855 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2856
2857 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2858 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2859 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2860 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2861 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2862 all functions called by those functions.
2863
2864 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2865 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2866 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2867
2868 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2869 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2870 invoked interactively.
2871
2872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2873
2874 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2875 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2876 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2877 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2878
2879 \(fn)" nil nil)
2880
2881 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2882 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2883 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2884 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2885 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2886 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2887 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2888 already up-to-date.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2893 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2894 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2895 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2896
2897 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2898 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2899 and corresponding effects.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2902
2903 ;;;***
2904 \f
2905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22164
2906 ;;;;;; 57533 835192 607000))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2908
2909 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2910
2911 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2912
2913 ;;;***
2914 \f
2915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22164 57533
2916 ;;;;;; 835192 607000))
2917 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2918
2919 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2920
2921 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2922
2923 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2924
2925 ;;;***
2926 \f
2927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22164
2928 ;;;;;; 57533 839192 607000))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2930
2931 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2932 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2933 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2934 from the cursor position.
2935
2936 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2937
2938 ;;;***
2939 \f
2940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22164 57533 823192 607000))
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2942 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2945 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2946
2947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2950 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2951
2952 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2953
2954 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2955 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2956
2957 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2958
2959 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2960 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2961 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2962 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2963
2964 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2967 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2968 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2969 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2970
2971 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2972
2973 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2974 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2975 This is most useful in the X window system.
2976 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2977 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2978
2979 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2980
2981 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2982 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2983 See calc-keypad for details.
2984
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2986
2987 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2988 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2989
2990 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2991
2992 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2993 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2994
2995 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2996
2997 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2998 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2999
3000 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3001
3002 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3003 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3004 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3005
3006 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3007
3008 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3009 Define Calc function.
3010
3011 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3012 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3013 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3014
3015 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3016 actual Lisp function name.
3017
3018 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3019
3020 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3021
3022 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3023
3024 ;;;***
3025 \f
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22164 57533
3027 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3029
3030 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3031
3032
3033 \(fn N)" t nil)
3034
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22164 57533 831192
3038 ;;;;;; 607000))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3040
3041 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3042 Run the Emacs calculator.
3043 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3044
3045 \(fn)" t nil)
3046
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22164 57533
3050 ;;;;;; 843192 607000))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3052
3053 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3054 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3055 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3056 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3057 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3058 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3059
3060 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3061 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3062 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3063 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3064 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3065 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3066 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3067 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3068 window.
3069
3070 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3071 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3072
3073 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3074 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3075 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3076 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3077 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3078 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3079
3080 Runs the following hooks:
3081
3082 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3083 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3084 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3085 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3086
3087 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3088
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22164 57534 447192
3094 ;;;;;; 607000))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3096
3097 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3098 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3099
3100 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3101
3102 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3103 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3104 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3105 it fails.
3106
3107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3108
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22189
3112 ;;;;;; 60739 77741 19000))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3114
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3116 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3117
3118 \(fn)" nil nil)
3119
3120 ;;;***
3121 \f
3122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22164 57535
3123 ;;;;;; 387192 607000))
3124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3125
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3127 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3128
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3130 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3131
3132 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3134
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3145
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3149
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3151
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3154
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3165
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3168 made from scratch.
3169
3170 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3171
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3174
3175 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3176
3177 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3178 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3179 made from scratch.
3180
3181 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3182
3183 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3184 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3185
3186 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3187 variables are guessed:
3188
3189 * `c-basic-offset', and
3190 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3191 `c-offsets-alist'.
3192
3193 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3195
3196 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3197 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3198
3199 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3200 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3201 guess is made from scratch.
3202
3203 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3204 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3205
3206 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3207
3208 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3209 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3210 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3211 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3212
3213 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3214 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3215 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3216
3217 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3218
3219 ;;;***
3220 \f
3221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22164 57535
3222 ;;;;;; 395192 607000))
3223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3224
3225 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3226 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3227 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3228 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3229 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3230 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3231 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3232
3233 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242
3243 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C code.
3245
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260
3261 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3264 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 message.
3268
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3273
3274 Key bindings:
3275 \\{c++-mode-map}
3276
3277 \(fn)" t nil)
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3298
3299 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing Java code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3302 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3306
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3311
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{java-mode-map}
3314
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3317
3318 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3319 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3320 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3321 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3322 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3323 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3324 message.
3325
3326 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327
3328 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3329 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3330
3331 Key bindings:
3332 \\{idl-mode-map}
3333
3334 \(fn)" t nil)
3335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3336 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3337
3338 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3339 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3340 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3341 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3342 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3343 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3344 message.
3345
3346 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3347
3348 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3349 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3350
3351 Key bindings:
3352 \\{pike-mode-map}
3353
3354 \(fn)" t nil)
3355 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3360
3361 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3362 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3363 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3364 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3365 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3366 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3367
3368 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3369
3370 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3371 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3372
3373 Key bindings:
3374 \\{awk-mode-map}
3375
3376 \(fn)" t nil)
3377
3378 ;;;***
3379 \f
3380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22164
3381 ;;;;;; 57535 395192 607000))
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3383
3384 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3385 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3386 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3387 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3388
3389 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3390
3391 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3392 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3393 might get set too.
3394
3395 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3396 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3397 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3398 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3399 in this way.
3400
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3402 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3403 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3404 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3405 a null operation.
3406
3407 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3408
3409 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3410 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3411 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3412 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3413
3414 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3415
3416 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3417 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3418 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3419
3420 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3421
3422 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3423 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3424 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3425 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3426 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3427
3428 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3429
3430 ;;;***
3431 \f
3432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22164 57535
3433 ;;;;;; 399192 607000))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3435 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3436 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3437 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3438
3439 ;;;***
3440 \f
3441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22164 57534 739192
3442 ;;;;;; 607000))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3444
3445 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3446 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3447
3448 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3449
3450 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3451 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3452
3453 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3456 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3457
3458 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3459 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3460 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3461 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3462 execution.
3463
3464 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3465
3466 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3467
3468 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3469 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3470
3471 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3472 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3473 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3474 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3475
3476 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3477 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3478 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3479 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3480 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3481 `write' commands.
3482
3483 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3484 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3485 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3487
3488 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3489 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3490 semantics.
3491
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3493
3494 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3495
3496 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3497
3498 STATEMENT :=
3499 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3500 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3501
3502 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3503 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3505 | integer
3506
3507 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3508
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3511 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512
3513 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3514 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3515 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516
3517 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3518
3519 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3520 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3521 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3522 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3523 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3524 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3525 ;; last STATEMENT.
3526 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3527
3528 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3529 BREAK := (break)
3530
3531 REPEAT :=
3532 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3533 (repeat)
3534 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3535 ;; (repeat))
3536 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3537 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3538 ;; (read REG)
3539 ;; (repeat))
3540 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3542 ;; (read REG)
3543 ;; (repeat))
3544 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3545
3546 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3547 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3548 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3549 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3550 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3551 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3554 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3555 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3556 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3557 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3558 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3559 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3560 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3561 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3562
3563 WRITE :=
3564 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3565 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3566 ;; representation.
3567 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3568 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3569 ;; (write r7))
3570 | (write EXPRESSION)
3571 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3572 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 ;; representation.
3574 | (write integer)
3575 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3576 ;; buffer.
3577 | (write string)
3578 ;; Same as: (write string)
3579 | string
3580 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3581 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3582 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3583 ;; representation.
3584 | (write REG ARRAY)
3585 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3586 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3587 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3588 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3589 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3590 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3591
3592 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3593 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3594
3595 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3596 END := (end)
3597
3598 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3599 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3600 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3601
3602 ARG := REG | integer
3603
3604 OPERATOR :=
3605 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3606 + | - | * | / | %
3607
3608 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3609 | & | `|' | ^
3610
3611 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | << | >>
3613
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3616 | <8
3617
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3620 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3621 | >8
3622
3623 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3624 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3625 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3626 | //
3627
3628 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3629 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3630
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3632 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3633 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3634 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3635 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3636 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3637 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3638 | de-sjis
3639
3640 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3641 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3642 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3643 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3644 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3645 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3646 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3647 ;; byte of SJIS.
3648 | en-sjis
3649
3650 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3651 ;; Same meaning as C code
3652 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3653
3654 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3656 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3657 | <8=
3658
3659 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3660 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3661 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3662
3663 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3664 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3665 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3666 | //=
3667
3668 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3669
3670
3671 TRANSLATE :=
3672 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3673 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3674 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3675 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3676 ;; respectively.
3677 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3678 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3679 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3680 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3681
3682 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3683 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3684 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3685
3686 LOOKUP :=
3687 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3688 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3689 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3690 ;; respectively.
3691 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3692 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3693 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3694
3695 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3696 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3697 ;; REG.
3698 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3699 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3700 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3701
3702 MAP :=
3703 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3704 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3705 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3706 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3707
3708 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3709 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3710 MAP-ID := integer
3711
3712 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3713
3714 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3715
3716 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3717 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3718 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3719 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3720 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3721 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3722
3723 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3724
3725 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3726 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3727 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3728
3729 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3730
3731 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3732
3733 ;;;***
3734 \f
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22164 57534
3736 ;;;;;; 135192 607000))
3737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3738
3739 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3740 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3741 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3742 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3743
3744 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3745
3746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3747
3748 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3749 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3750
3751 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3752
3753 ;;;***
3754 \f
3755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22164 57533 915192
3756 ;;;;;; 607000))
3757 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3758 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3759
3760 ;;;***
3761 \f
3762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22164 57535
3763 ;;;;;; 399192 607000))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3765 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3766
3767 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3768 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3769 There are no special keybindings by default.
3770
3771 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3772 to the action header.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3777 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3778 There are no special keybindings by default.
3779
3780 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3781 to the action header.
3782
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3784
3785 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3786 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3787
3788 \(fn)" t nil)
3789
3790 ;;;***
3791 \f
3792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22164
3793 ;;;;;; 57534 19192 607000))
3794 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3795
3796 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3797 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3798 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3799 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3800 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3801
3802 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3803 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3804
3805 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3806 from which to start.
3807
3808 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3809
3810 ;;;***
3811 \f
3812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22164 57534
3813 ;;;;;; 135192 607000))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3815 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3816
3817 ;;;***
3818 \f
3819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 464792 520000))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3822
3823 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3824 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3825 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3826
3827 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3831 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3832
3833 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3834
3835 ;;;***
3836 \f
3837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22164
3838 ;;;;;; 57534 151192 607000))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3840 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3851 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3852
3853 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3855 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3858 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3859 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3860 the users will view as each check is completed.
3861
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3865 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3866 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3867 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3868 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3869 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3870 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3871 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3872
3873 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3876 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3877 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3878 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3879 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3880 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3881 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3882 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3883
3884 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3885
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3888 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3889 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3890 spacing are all verified.
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3896 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3897 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3898 otherwise stop after the first error.
3899
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3904
3905 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3906
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3908 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3909 Only documentation strings are checked.
3910 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3912 a separate buffer.
3913
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3919 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3920 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3921
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3925 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3927 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3928 if there is one.
3929
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3933 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3935 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 if there is one.
3937 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3938
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3942 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3943 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3949 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3950 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3951 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3957 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3958 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3959 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3960 space at the end of each line.
3961
3962 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3965 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3966 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3967 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3968
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3973 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3974 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3975
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3979 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3980 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3981 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3982
3983 \(fn)" t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3986 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3987 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3988 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3989
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3993 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3994 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3995 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3996
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4000 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4001 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4002 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4003
4004 \(fn)" t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4007 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4008 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4009 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4010
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4014 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4015 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4016 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4017
4018 \(fn)" t nil)
4019
4020 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4021 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4022 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4023 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4024
4025 \(fn)" t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4028 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4032
4033 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4034 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4035 checking of documentation strings.
4036
4037 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4038
4039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4040
4041 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4042 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4043
4044 \(fn)" t nil)
4045
4046 ;;;***
4047 \f
4048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22164
4049 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4051
4052 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4053 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4054 Return the length of resulting text.
4055
4056 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4060
4061 \(fn)" t nil)
4062
4063 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4064 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4065 Return the length of resulting text.
4066
4067 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4071
4072 \(fn)" t nil)
4073
4074 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4075
4076
4077 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4078
4079 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4080
4081
4082 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4083
4084 ;;;***
4085 \f
4086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22164 57534 23192
4087 ;;;;;; 607000))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4089
4090 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4091 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4092 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4093 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4094 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4095 editing and the result is evaluated.
4096
4097 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4098
4099 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4100 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4101 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4102 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4103 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4104
4105 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4106
4107 \(fn)" t nil)
4108
4109 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4110 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4111 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4112 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4113 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4114
4115 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4116 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4117 \\{command-history-map}
4118
4119 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4120 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4121
4122 \(fn)" t nil)
4123
4124 ;;;***
4125 \f
4126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22164
4127 ;;;;;; 57534 155192 607000))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4129
4130 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4131 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4132 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4133 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4134 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4135 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4136 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4137 of this function.
4138
4139 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4140 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4141 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4142 property are:
4143
4144 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4145 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4146
4147 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4148 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4149 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4150 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4151 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4152 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4153 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4154 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4155 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4156 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4157 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4158 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4159
4160 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4161 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4162 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4163
4164 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4165 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4166 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4167 list elements are:
4168
4169 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4170
4171 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4172
4173 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4174
4175 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4176 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4177
4178 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4179 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4180
4181 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4182 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4183 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4184 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4185 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4186 value specified by their associated list element.
4187
4188 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4189
4190 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4191 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4192 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4193
4194 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4195 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4196 * indent the first argument by 4.
4197 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4198 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4199 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4200
4201 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4202 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4203 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4204 instead.
4205
4206 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4207
4208 ;;;***
4209 \f
4210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22164 57534
4211 ;;;;;; 155192 607000))
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4213 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4214
4215 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4216
4217 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4218 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4219 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4220 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4221 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4222 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4223
4224 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4225 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4226
4227 ;;;***
4228 \f
4229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22164 57535
4230 ;;;;;; 399192 607000))
4231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4232
4233 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4234 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4235 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4236 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4237
4238 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4239 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4240 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4241 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4242
4243 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4244 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4245
4246 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4247
4248 ;;;***
4249 \f
4250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22164 57534 23192
4251 ;;;;;; 607000))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4253
4254 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4255 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4256 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4257 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4258 of `scheme-program-name').
4259 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4260 it is given as initial input.
4261 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4262 discards input when it starts up.
4263 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4264 is run).
4265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4266
4267 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4268
4269 ;;;***
4270 \f
4271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22164 57534 23192 607000))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4273
4274 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4275 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4276 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4277 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4278
4279 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4280 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4281
4282 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4283 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4284 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4285
4286 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22164 57534 27192 607000))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4292
4293 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4294 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4295 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4296 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4297 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4298 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4299 functions have already modified the buffer.
4300
4301 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4302
4303 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4304 either globally or locally.")
4305
4306 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4307 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4308 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4309 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4310
4311 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4312 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4313 `start-file-process'
4314 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4315 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4316 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4317
4318 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4319 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4320
4321 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4322
4323 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4324
4325 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4326
4327 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4328 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4329 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4330 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4331 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4332 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4333 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4334 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4335 process as its initial input.
4336
4337 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4338
4339 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4340
4341 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4342
4343 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4344 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4345 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4346 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4347 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4348 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4349
4350 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4351
4352 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4353
4354 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4355 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4356 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4357 directory tracking functions.")
4358
4359 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4360 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4361 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4362
4363 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4364
4365 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4366
4367 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4368 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4369 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4370
4371 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4372
4373 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4374
4375 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4376 Send COMMAND to current process.
4377 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4378 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4379
4380 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4381
4382 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4383 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4384 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4385 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386
4387 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388
4389 ;;;***
4390 \f
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22164 57535
4392 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4394
4395 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4396 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4397 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4398 to get another window.
4399
4400 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4401 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4402
4403 This command pushes the mark in each window
4404 at the prior location of point in that window.
4405 If both windows display the same buffer,
4406 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4407 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4408
4409 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4410 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4411 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4412 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4413 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4414 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4415 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4416 ignored.
4417
4418 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4419 this command work in interlaced mode:
4420 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4421 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4422 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4423
4424 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4425
4426 ;;;***
4427 \f
4428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22164 57535
4429 ;;;;;; 419192 607000))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4431
4432 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4433 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4434
4435 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4436
4437 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4438 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4439 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4440
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4444 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4445 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4446
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4448
4449 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4450 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4451 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4452 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4453 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4454
4455 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4456 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4457 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4458 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4459 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4460
4461 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4462 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4463 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4464 describing how the process finished.")
4465
4466 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4467 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4468 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4469 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4470 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4471
4472 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4473 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4474 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4475
4476 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4477
4478 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4479 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4480 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4481 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4482
4483 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4484
4485 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4486 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4487
4488 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4489 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4490
4491 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4492 (lambda ()
4493 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4494 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4495 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4496 (concat \"make -k \"
4497 (if buffer-file-name
4498 (shell-quote-argument
4499 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4500
4501 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4502 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4503
4504 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4505 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4506 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4507 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4508
4509 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4510
4511 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4512 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4513 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4514 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4515
4516 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4517 and move to the source code that caused it.
4518
4519 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4520 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4521
4522 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4523 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4524 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4525 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4526 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4527
4528 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4529 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4530 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4531 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4532
4533 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4534 kills its subprocesses.
4535
4536 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4537 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4538 to a function that generates a unique name.
4539
4540 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4541
4542 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4543 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4544 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4545 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4546
4547 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4548 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4549
4550 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4551 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4552 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4553 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4554
4555 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4556 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4557 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4558
4559 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4560
4561 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4562
4563 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4564 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4565 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4566 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4567 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4568
4569 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4570
4571 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4572
4573 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4574
4575 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4576
4577 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4578 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4580 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4581 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4582
4583 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4584 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4585 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4586 See `compilation-mode'.
4587
4588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4591 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4593 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4594 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4595
4596 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4597 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4598 `compilation-mode'.
4599
4600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4603 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4604 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4605
4606 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4607
4608 ;;;***
4609 \f
4610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22164 57534 47192
4611 ;;;;;; 607000))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4613
4614 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4615 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4616 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4619 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4620
4621 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4624 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4626 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4627 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4628
4629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4630
4631 ;;;***
4632 \f
4633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22164
4634 ;;;;;; 57535 799192 607000))
4635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4636
4637 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4639 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4640 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4641 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4642 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4643 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4644
4645 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4646 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4647 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4648
4649 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4650 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4651 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4652
4653 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4654 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4655 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4656 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4657
4658 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4659 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4660 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4661 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4662 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4663 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4664 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4665
4666 \\{conf-mode-map}
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4672 Comments start with `#'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4676
4677 \[Desktop Entry]
4678 Encoding=UTF-8
4679 Name=The GIMP
4680 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4681 Name[cs]=GIMP
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4687 Comments start with `;'.
4688 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689
4690 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4691
4692 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4693 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4694 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4695
4696 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4697 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4702 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4703 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4704 between `/*' and `*/'.
4705 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4706
4707 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4708 // another kind of comment
4709 /* yet another */
4710
4711 name:value
4712 name=value
4713 name value
4714 x.1 =
4715 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4716 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4717
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4719
4720 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4721 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4722 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4723 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4724 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4725 `conf-space-keywords'.
4726 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4727 in an interactive fashion instead.
4728
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4730
4731 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4732
4733 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4734 image/png png
4735 image/tiff tiff tif
4736
4737 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4738 class desktop
4739 # Standard multimedia devices
4740 add /dev/audio desktop
4741 add /dev/mixer desktop
4742
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4744
4745 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4746 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4747 See `conf-space-mode'.
4748
4749 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4752 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4753 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4754 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4755
4756 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4757
4758 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4759 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4760
4761 \(fn)" t nil)
4762
4763 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4764 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4765 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4766 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4767
4768 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4769
4770 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4771 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4772
4773 \(fn)" t nil)
4774
4775 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4776 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4777 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4778 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4779
4780 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4781
4782 *background: gray99
4783 *foreground: black
4784
4785 \(fn)" t nil)
4786
4787 ;;;***
4788 \f
4789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22164 57535 263192
4790 ;;;;;; 607000))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4792
4793 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4794 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4795 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4796 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4797 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4798 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4799
4800 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4801
4802 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4803 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4804 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4805 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4806
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4808
4809 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4810 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4811 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4812 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4813
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4815
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22164
4819 ;;;;;; 57534 163192 607000))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4821 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4822 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4823 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4824
4825 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4826 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4827 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4828 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4829 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4830 following the copyright are updated as well.
4831 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4832 interactively.
4833
4834 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4837 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4838 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4839 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4840 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4841
4842 \(fn)" t nil)
4843
4844 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4845 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4846
4847 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4848
4849 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4850 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4851 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4852
4853 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4854
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22164
4858 ;;;;;; 57535 427192 607000))
4859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4860 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4864 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4865 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4866 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4867
4868 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4869 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4871 Tab indents for Perl code.
4872 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4874
4875 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4876 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4877 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4878 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4879 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4880 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4881 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4882 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4883 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4884 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4885 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4886 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4887
4888 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4889
4890 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4891 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4892
4893 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4894
4895 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4896 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4897 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4898 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4899 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4900 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4901 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4902 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4903 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4904
4905 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4906
4907 bite if angry;
4908
4909 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4910 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4911 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4912 to nil.)
4913
4914 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4915 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4916 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4917
4918 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4919
4920 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4921 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4922 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4923 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4924 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4925
4926 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4927
4928 if (A) { B }
4929
4930 into
4931
4932 B if A;
4933
4934 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4935
4936 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4937 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4938 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4939 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4940 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4941 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4942 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4943 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4944 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4945 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4946 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4947 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4948 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4949
4950 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4951 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4952 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4953 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4954 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4955 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4956
4957 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4958 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4959 man via menu.
4960
4961 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4962 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4963 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4964 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4965 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4966
4967 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4968 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4969 span the needed amount of lines.
4970
4971 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4972 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4973 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4974 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4975
4976 Variables controlling indentation style:
4977 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4978 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4979 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4980 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4981 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4982 `cperl-auto-newline'
4983 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4984 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4985 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4986 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4987 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4988 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4989 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4990 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4991 `cperl-indent-level'
4992 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4993 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4994 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4995 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4996 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4997 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4998 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4999 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5000 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5001 `cperl-brace-offset'
5002 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5003 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5004 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5005 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5006 `cperl-label-offset'
5007 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5008 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5009 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5010
5011 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5012 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5013 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5014 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5015 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5016 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5017
5018 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5019 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5020 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5021 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5022
5023 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5024 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5025 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5026 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5027 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5028 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5029 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5030
5031 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5032 column 0 is indented on
5033 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5034
5035 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5036 with no args.
5037
5038 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5039 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5040 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5045 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5046
5047 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5050 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5051
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5053
5054 ;;;***
5055 \f
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22164 57535 431192
5057 ;;;;;; 607000))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5059
5060 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5061 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5062 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5063 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5064 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5065
5066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5067
5068 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5069 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5070
5071 \(fn)" t nil)
5072
5073 ;;;***
5074 \f
5075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22164 57534 163192
5076 ;;;;;; 607000))
5077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5078
5079 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5080 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5081 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5082 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5083 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5084 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5085 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5086 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5087
5088 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5089 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5090
5091 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5092 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5093 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5094
5095 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5096 with empty strings removed.
5097
5098 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5099
5100 ;;;***
5101 \f
5102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22174 6972
5103 ;;;;;; 792792 520000))
5104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5105
5106 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5107 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5108
5109 \(fn)" t nil)
5110 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5111
5112 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5113 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5114
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5116
5117 ;;;***
5118 \f
5119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22164 57534
5120 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5122
5123 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5124 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5125 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5128 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5129
5130 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5131
5132 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5133 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5135 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5136 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5137
5138 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5139 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5140 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5141 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5142 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5143 normal function of these prefix keys.
5144
5145 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5146 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5147 options:
5148 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5149 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5150 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5151
5152 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5153 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5154 the prefix fallback behavior.
5155
5156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5159 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5160
5161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5162
5163 ;;;***
5164 \f
5165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22164 57534
5166 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5168
5169 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5170 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5171 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5172
5173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5174
5175 ;;;***
5176 \f
5177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5178 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 468792 520000))
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5180
5181 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5182 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5183
5184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5187 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5188 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5189 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5190 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5191 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5192 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5193
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195
5196 ;;;***
5197 \f
5198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22164 57534 63192
5199 ;;;;;; 607000))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5201
5202 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5203 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5204
5205 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5206
5207 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5208 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5209
5210 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5211
5212 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5214
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5216
5217 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5218 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5219
5220 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5221 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5222
5223 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5224 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5225
5226 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5227
5228 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5231 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5232 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5233
5234 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5235 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5236
5237 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5238 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5239
5240 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5241 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5242
5243 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5244
5245 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5248 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5249 Return VALUE.
5250
5251 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5252 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5253
5254 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5255 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5256
5257 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5258 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5259
5260 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5261
5262 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5265 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5266 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5267 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5268
5269 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5270 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5271 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5272
5273 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5274
5275 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5276 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5277 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5278 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5279 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5285 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5286 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5287
5288 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5289
5290 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5292 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5293
5294 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5298
5299 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5300
5301 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5305
5306 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5307
5308 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5309
5310 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5312 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5313
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5315
5316 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5317 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5318 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5319 as part of Emacs itself.
5320
5321 Each elements looks like this:
5322
5323 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5324
5325 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5326 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5327 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5328 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5329 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5330 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5331 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5332 and `defface'.
5333
5334 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5335
5336 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5337 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5338 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5339 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5340 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5341
5342 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5343 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5344 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5345 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5346
5347 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5348
5349 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5351 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5352 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5353 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5354 release.
5355
5356 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5357 that were added or redefined since that version.
5358
5359 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5363 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5364 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5365
5366 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5367
5368 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5369 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5370
5371 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5374 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5375 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376
5377 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5378 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5379
5380 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5381
5382 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5383 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5384
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5388 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5389
5390 \(fn)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all saved options and faces.
5394
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5396
5397 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5399 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5400 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5401 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5402 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5403
5404 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5405 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5406 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5407
5408 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5411 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5412
5413 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5414
5415 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5416 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5417
5418 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5419
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5422
5423 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5426 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5427 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5428 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5429
5430 \(fn)" nil nil)
5431
5432 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5434 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5435 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5436 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5437 that option.
5438 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5439
5440 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5441
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5444 The result includes selecting that window.
5445 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5446 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5447 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 that option.
5449
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5454
5455 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5456
5457 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5458 File used for storing customization information.
5459 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5460 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5461 it should be an absolute file name.
5462
5463 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5464 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5465 something like the following in your init file:
5466
5467 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5468 \(load custom-file)
5469
5470 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5471 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5472
5473 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5474 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5475 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5476 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5477 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5478
5479 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5480 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5481 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5482 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5483 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5484 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5485 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5486 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5487 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5488 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5489
5490 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5491
5492 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5493 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5494
5495 \(fn)" nil nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5498 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5499
5500 \(fn)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5503 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5504 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5505
5506 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5507
5508 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5509 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5510 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5511 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5512 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5513
5514 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5515
5516 ;;;***
5517 \f
5518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22164 57534 67192
5519 ;;;;;; 607000))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5521
5522 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5523 Create or edit a custom theme.
5524 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5525 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5526 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5527 from the Custom save file.
5528 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5529 named *Custom Theme*.
5530
5531 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5532
5533 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5534 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5535
5536 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5537
5538 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5539 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5540
5541 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5542
5543 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5544 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5545 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5546 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5547
5548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22164 57535
5553 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5555
5556 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5557 Mode used for cvs status output.
5558
5559 \(fn)" t nil)
5560
5561 ;;;***
5562 \f
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22164 57535 431192
5564 ;;;;;; 607000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5566 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5567
5568 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5569 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5570
5571 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5572
5573 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5574 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5575 C++ modes are included.
5576
5577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5578 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5579 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5582
5583 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5584
5585 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5586 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5587 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5590 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5591
5592 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5593
5594 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5595 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5596 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5597 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5598 ARG is omitted or nil.
5599
5600 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5601 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5602 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5603
5604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5605
5606 ;;;***
5607 \f
5608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22164
5609 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5611
5612 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5613 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5614
5615 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5616
5617 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5618 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5619
5620 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5621
5622 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5623 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5624 For readability, the table is slightly
5625 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5626
5627 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5628 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5629 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5630 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5631 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5632
5633 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5634
5635 ;;;***
5636 \f
5637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22164 57534 67192 607000))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5639 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5640 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5641 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5642 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5643
5644 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5645 Completion on current word.
5646 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5647 and presents suggestions for completion.
5648
5649 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5650 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5651 completions.
5652
5653 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5654 then it searches *all* buffers.
5655
5656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5657
5658 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5659 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5660
5661 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5662 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5663 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5664 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5665 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5666
5667 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5668 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5669
5670 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5671 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5672 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5673
5674 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5675 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5676
5677 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5678
5679 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5680
5681 ;;;***
5682 \f
5683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22164 57533
5684 ;;;;;; 927192 607000))
5685 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5686
5687 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5688 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5689
5690 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5691
5692 ;;;***
5693 \f
5694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22164 57534 919192 607000))
5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5696
5697 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5698 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5699 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5700 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5701 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5702
5703 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5704
5705 ;;;***
5706 \f
5707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22164 57535
5708 ;;;;;; 431192 607000))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5710
5711 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5712 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5713
5714 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5715 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5716 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5717
5718 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5719 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5720 Data lines are not indented.
5721
5722 Key bindings:
5723
5724 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5725 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5726
5727 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5728 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5729 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5730 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5731
5732 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5733
5734 dcl-basic-offset
5735 Extra indentation within blocks.
5736
5737 dcl-continuation-offset
5738 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5739
5740 dcl-margin-offset
5741 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5742
5743 dcl-margin-label-offset
5744 Indentation for a label.
5745
5746 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5747 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5748
5749 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5750 dcl-block-end-regexp
5751 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5752 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5753 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5754 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5755 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5756
5757 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5758 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5759 Two such functions are included in the package:
5760 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5761 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5762
5763 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5764 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5765 One such function is included in the package:
5766 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5767
5768 dcl-tab-always-indent
5769 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5770 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5771 margin.
5772
5773 dcl-electric-characters
5774 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5775 typed.
5776
5777 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5778 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5779 which words trigger electric indentation.
5780
5781 dcl-tempo-comma
5782 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5783 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5784 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5785
5786 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5787 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5788 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5789 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5790
5791 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5792 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5793 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5794 dcl-imenu-label-call
5795 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5796
5797 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5798 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5799 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5800 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5801
5802
5803 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5804
5805 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5806 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5807 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5808 $ i = 1
5809 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5810 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5811 $ label:
5812 $ if i.eq.1
5813 $ then
5814 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5815 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5816 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5817 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5818 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5819 \"lined up with the command line\"
5820 $ type sys$input
5821 Data lines are not indented at all.
5822 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5823 $ endif
5824 $
5825
5826
5827 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5828 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5829
5830 \(fn)" t nil)
5831
5832 ;;;***
5833 \f
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22164 57534
5835 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5837
5838 (setq debugger 'debug)
5839
5840 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5841 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5842 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5843 of the evaluator.
5844
5845 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5846 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5847 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5848
5849 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5850
5851 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5852 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5853
5854 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5855
5856 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5857 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5858 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5859 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5860 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5861 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5862
5863 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5864 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5865
5866 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5867
5868 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5869 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5870 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5871 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5872 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5873
5874 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5875
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22164 57535
5879 ;;;;;; 267192 607000))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5881
5882 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5883 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5884
5885 \(fn)" t nil)
5886
5887 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5888 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5889 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5890 Upper-case letters are commands.
5891
5892 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5893 modify it.
5894
5895 The most useful commands are:
5896 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5897 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5898 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5899 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5900 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5901 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5902
5903 \(fn)" t nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22164 57534 71192
5908 ;;;;;; 607000))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5910 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5911
5912 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5913 Customization of `columns' group.
5914
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5916
5917 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5918 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5919
5920 START and END delimits the text region.
5921
5922 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5923
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5925 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5926
5927 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5928
5929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5930
5931 ;;;***
5932 \f
5933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22164 57534 79192 607000))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5935
5936 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5937
5938 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5939 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5940 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5943 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5944
5945 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5946
5947 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5948 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5950 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5951 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5952
5953 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5954 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5955 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5956 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5957
5958 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5959 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 ;;;***
5964 \f
5965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22164 57534
5966 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5968
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5971
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5973
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5982
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5985 :group GROUP
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5988 :syntax-table TABLE
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5991 :abbrev-table TABLE
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5994
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5996
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5998
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6002
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6005
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6009
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6012
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6015
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6017
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6019
6020 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6021
6022 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6023
6024 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6025 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6026 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6027 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6028 the first time the mode is used.
6029
6030 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6031
6032 ;;;***
6033 \f
6034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22174 6972 424792
6035 ;;;;;; 520000))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6037
6038 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6039 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6040 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6041 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6042 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6043 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 otherwise.
6045
6046 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6047
6048 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6049 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6050 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6051 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6052
6053 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6054 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6055 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6056
6057 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6058 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6059 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6060 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6061 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6062 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 relevant to POS.
6064
6065 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6066
6067 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6068 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6069
6070 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6071 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6072 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6073 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6074 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6075 minibuffer window for width limit.
6076
6077 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6078 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6079
6080 \(fn)" nil nil)
6081
6082 ;;;***
6083 \f
6084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22174 6972 428792 520000))
6085 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6086
6087 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6088 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6089 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6092 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6093
6094 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6095
6096 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6097 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6099 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6100 is omitted or nil.
6101
6102 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6103 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6104 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6105 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6106
6107 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6108 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6109
6110 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6111 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6112
6113 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6114
6115 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6116
6117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6118
6119 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6120 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6121 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6122 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6123
6124 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6125
6126 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6127 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6128
6129 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6130 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6131 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6132
6133 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6134 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6135
6136 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6137 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6138 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6139
6140 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6141 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6142 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6143 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6144
6145 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6146
6147 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6148 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6149
6150 Handlers are called with argument list
6151
6152 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6153
6154 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6155
6156 `desktop-file-version'
6157 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6158 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6159 `desktop-buffer-point'
6160 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6161 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6162 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6163
6164 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6165 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6166
6167 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6168 code like
6169
6170 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6171 ...
6172 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6173 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6174
6175 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6176 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6177 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6178
6179 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180
6181 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6182 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6183 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6184 List elements must have the form
6185
6186 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6187
6188 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6189 function.
6190
6191 Handlers are called with argument list
6192
6193 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6194
6195 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6196
6197 `desktop-file-version'
6198 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6199 `desktop-buffer-name'
6200 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6201 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6202 `desktop-buffer-point'
6203 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6204 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6205 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6206
6207 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6208 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6209 created and set.
6210
6211 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6212 code like
6213
6214 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6215 ...
6216 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6217 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6218
6219 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6220 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6221 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6222
6223 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6224
6225 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6226
6227 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6228 Empty the Desktop.
6229 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6230 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6231 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6232 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6233 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6234 if different).
6235
6236 \(fn)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6239 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6240 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6241 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6242 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6243 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6244 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6245 do not rewrite the file.
6246
6247 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6248 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6249 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6250 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6251 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6252 file.
6253
6254 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6255 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6256 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6257 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6258 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6259 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6260 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6261 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6262 without further confirmation.
6263
6264 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6267 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6268 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6269
6270 \(fn)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6273 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6274 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6275 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6276 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6277 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6278 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6279 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6280
6281 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6282
6283 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6284 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6285 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6286
6287 \(fn)" nil nil)
6288
6289 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6290
6291 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6292 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6293 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6294 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6295 directory DIRNAME.
6296
6297 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6300 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6301
6302 \(fn)" t nil)
6303
6304 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6305 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6306
6307 \(fn)" t nil)
6308
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22164 57534
6312 ;;;;;; 447192 607000))
6313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6314
6315 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6316 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6317 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6318 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6319 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6320 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6321
6322 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6323
6324 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6325 Repair a broken attribution line.
6326 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6327
6328 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6331 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6332 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6333 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334
6335 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6338 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6339
6340 \(fn)" t nil)
6341
6342 ;;;***
6343 \f
6344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22164
6345 ;;;;;; 57533 855192 607000))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6347
6348 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6349 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6350 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6351 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6352 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6353
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6357 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6358 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6359 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6360
6361 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6362 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6363 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6364 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6365
6366 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6367 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6368
6369 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6370 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6371 calendar-date-style \\='european
6372 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6373
6374 \(diary-mail-entries)
6375
6376 # diary-rem.el ends here
6377
6378 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6379
6380 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6381 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6382
6383 \(fn)" t nil)
6384
6385 ;;;***
6386 \f
6387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22164 57535 851192 607000))
6388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6389
6390 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6391 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6392
6393 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6394
6395 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6396 The command to use to run diff.")
6397
6398 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6399
6400 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6401 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6402 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6403 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6404 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6405 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6406
6407 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6408 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6409 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6410
6411 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6412
6413 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6414 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6415 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6416 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6417 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6418 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6419
6420 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421
6422 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6423 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6424
6425 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6426
6427 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6428 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6429 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6430
6431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6432
6433 ;;;***
6434 \f
6435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22164 57535
6436 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6438
6439 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6440 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6441 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6442 normal diffs.
6443
6444 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6445 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6446 headers for you on-the-fly.
6447
6448 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6449 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6450 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6451
6452 \\{diff-mode-map}
6453
6454 \(fn)" t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6457 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6459 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6461
6462 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6463
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22164 57534 919192 607000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6470
6471 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6472 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6473 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6474
6475 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6476
6477 ;;;***
6478 \f
6479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22174 6972 440792 520000))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6481
6482 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6483 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6484 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6485 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6486 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6487 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6488 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6489 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6490
6491 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6492
6493 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6494 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6495 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6496 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6497 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6498 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6499
6500 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6501 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6502 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6503 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6504
6505 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6506 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6507
6508 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6509 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6510 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6511 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6512 listing have no effect.
6513
6514 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6515 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6516 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6517
6518 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6519
6520 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6521 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6522
6523 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6524 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6525
6526 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6527 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6528
6529 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6530 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6531
6532 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6535 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6536
6537 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6540 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6541 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6542 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6543 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6544 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6545 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6546 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6547 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6548 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6549 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6550 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6551 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6552 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6553 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6554 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6555 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6556 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6557 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6558 to see why something went wrong.
6559 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6560 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6561 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6562 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6563 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6564 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6565 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6566 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6567 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6568 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6569 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6570 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6571 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6572
6573 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6574 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6575 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6576 again for the directory tree.
6577
6578 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6579 for more info):
6580
6581 `dired-listing-switches'
6582 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6583 `dired-marker-char'
6584 `dired-del-marker'
6585 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6586 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6587 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6588 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6589
6590 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6591
6592 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6593 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6594 `dired-mode-hook'
6595 `dired-load-hook'
6596
6597 Keybindings:
6598 \\{dired-mode-map}
6599
6600 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6601 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6602
6603 ;;;***
6604 \f
6605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22164 57534 103192
6606 ;;;;;; 607000))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6608
6609 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6610 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6612 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6613 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6614
6615 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6616 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6617 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6618
6619 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6620 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6621 directory.
6622
6623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6626 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6627 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6628 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6629 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6630 from `default-directory'.
6631
6632 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22164 57534
6637 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6639
6640 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6641 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6642 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6643 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6644 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6645 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6646
6647 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6648
6649 ;;;***
6650 \f
6651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22164 57534 103192
6652 ;;;;;; 607000))
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6654
6655 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6656 Return a new, empty display table.
6657
6658 \(fn)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6661 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6662 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6663 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6664 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6665
6666 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6667
6668 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6669 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6670 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6671 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6672 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6673
6674 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6677 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6678
6679 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6682 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6683
6684 \(fn)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6687 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6688
6689 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6690 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6691
6692 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6693 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6694 byte.
6695
6696 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6697 in the default way after this call.
6698
6699 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6702 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6703
6704 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6707 Display character C using printable string S.
6708
6709 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6712 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6713 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6714 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6715
6716 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6717
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6719 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6720 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6721 X frame.
6722
6723 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6724
6725 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6726 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6727
6728 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6731 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6732
6733 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6734
6735 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6736 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6737
6738 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6741 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6742
6743 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6744
6745 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6746 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6747
6748 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6751 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6752
6753 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6754 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6755
6756 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6757 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6758
6759 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6760 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6761 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6762 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6763
6764 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6765 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6766 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6767 in `.emacs'.
6768
6769 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6770
6771 ;;;***
6772 \f
6773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22164 57535
6774 ;;;;;; 267192 607000))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6776
6777 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6778 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6779 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6780 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6781 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6782 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6783 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6784 Default is 2.
6785
6786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6787
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22164 57534 103192 607000))
6791 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6792
6793 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6794 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6795 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6796 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6797 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6798 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6799 private or ask).
6800 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6801 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6802 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6803 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6804 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6805
6806 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6807
6808 ;;;***
6809 \f
6810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22164 57535
6811 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
6812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6813
6814 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6815 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6816 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6817 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6818 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6819 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6820 table and its own syntax table.
6821
6822 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6823
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6825 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6826
6827 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6828 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6829
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22189 60738 133741
6835 ;;;;;; 19000))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6837
6838 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6839 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6840 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6841 OpenDocument format).
6842
6843 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6844
6845 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6846 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6847
6848 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6849 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6850
6851 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6852 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6853 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6854
6855 \(fn)" t nil)
6856
6857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6858 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6859 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6860 to the next best mode.
6861
6862 \(fn)" nil nil)
6863
6864 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6865 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6867 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6868 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6869
6870 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6871
6872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6873
6874 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6875
6876
6877 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6878
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22164 57535 267192
6882 ;;;;;; 607000))
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6884
6885 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6886 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6887
6888 \(fn)" t nil)
6889
6890 ;;;***
6891 \f
6892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22164 57534 107192 607000))
6893 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6894
6895 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6896 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6900
6901 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6902 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6903
6904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6905
6906 ;;;***
6907 \f
6908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22164 57535 295192
6909 ;;;;;; 607000))
6910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6911 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6912
6913 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6914 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6915
6916 \(fn)" t nil)
6917
6918 ;;;***
6919 \f
6920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22164
6921 ;;;;;; 57534 175192 607000))
6922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6923
6924 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6925
6926 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6927 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6928 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6929 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6930 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6931
6932 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6933 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6934 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6935 and disables it otherwise.
6936
6937 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6938 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6939 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6940 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6941
6942 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6943 documenting what its argument does.
6944
6945 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6946 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6947 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6948 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6949 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6950 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6951 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6952 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6953
6954 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6955 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6956 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6957 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6958 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6959 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6960 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6961 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6962 the minor mode is global):
6963
6964 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6965 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6966 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6967 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6968 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6969 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6970 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6971 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6972 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6973 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6974 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6975 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6976 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6977 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6978 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6979 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6980 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6981 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6982 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6983 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6984 in :variable).
6985
6986 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6987 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6988
6989 For example, you could write
6990 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6991 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6992 ...BODY CODE...)
6993
6994 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6995
6996 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6997
6998 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6999
7000 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7001
7002 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7003 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7004 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7005 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7006 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7007 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7008 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7009 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7010 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7011 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7012 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7013 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7014
7015 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7016 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7017 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7018 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7019 call another major mode in their body.
7020
7021 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7022 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7023 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7024
7025 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7026
7027 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7028
7029 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7030 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7031 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7032 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7033 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7034 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7035 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7036
7037 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7038
7039 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7040 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7041 :inherit Parent keymap.
7042 :group Ignored.
7043 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7044 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7045
7046 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7047
7048 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7049 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7050 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7051 the constant's documentation.
7052
7053 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7054
7055 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7056 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7057 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7058
7059 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7060
7061 ;;;***
7062 \f
7063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22164
7064 ;;;;;; 57534 175192 607000))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7066
7067 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7068 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7069 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7070 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7071
7072 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7073 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7074 as a top-level menu bar item.
7075
7076 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7077 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7078 pairs:
7079
7080 :filter FUNCTION
7081 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7082 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7083 items to actually display.
7084
7085 :visible INCLUDE
7086 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7087 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7088 alias for `:visible'.
7089
7090 :active ENABLE
7091 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7092 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7093 an alias for `:active'.
7094
7095 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7096 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7097
7098 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7099
7100 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7101
7102 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7103 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7104
7105 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7106 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7107
7108 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7109
7110 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7111
7112 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7113 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7114
7115 :keys KEYS
7116 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7117 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7118 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7119 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7120
7121 :key-sequence KEYS
7122 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7123 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7124 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7125 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7126
7127 :active ENABLE
7128 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7129 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7130 alias for `:active'.
7131
7132 :visible INCLUDE
7133 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7134 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7135 `:visible'.
7136
7137 :label FORM
7138 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7139 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7140
7141 :suffix FORM
7142 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7143 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7144
7145 :style STYLE
7146 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7147 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7148 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7149
7150 :selected SELECTED
7151 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7152 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7153
7154 :help HELP
7155 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7156
7157 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7158 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7159 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7160
7161 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7162 MENU. This is a submenu.
7163
7164 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7165
7166 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7167
7168 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7169
7170
7171 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7172
7173 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7174 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7175 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7176 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7177
7178 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7181 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7182 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7183 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7184 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7185 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7186
7187 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7188 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7189 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7190
7191 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7192 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7193 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7194
7195 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7196 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7197
7198 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7199
7200 ;;;***
7201 \f
7202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22164 57535
7203 ;;;;;; 443192 607000))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7205 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7206
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Customization for ebnf group.
7209
7210 \(fn)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7214
7215 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7216
7217 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7218 processed.
7219
7220 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7221
7222 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7226
7227 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7228 killed after process termination.
7229
7230 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231
7232 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7236
7237 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7238 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7239 it to the printer.
7240
7241 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7242 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7243 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7244 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7245
7246 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7250 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7251
7252 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7256
7257 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7258
7259 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7260 processed.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7263
7264 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7268
7269 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7270 killed after process termination.
7271
7272 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273
7274 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7278 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7279 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7280
7281 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7282
7283 \(fn)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7287 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7288
7289 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7290
7291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7295
7296 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7297
7298 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7299 processed.
7300
7301 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7302
7303 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7307
7308 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7309 killed after EPS generation.
7310
7311 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312
7313 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7317
7318 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7319 The EPS file name has the following form:
7320
7321 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7322
7323 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7324 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7325
7326 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7327 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7328 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7329 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7330 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7331
7332 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7333 files.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7339
7340 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7341 The EPS file name has the following form:
7342
7343 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7344
7345 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7346 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7347
7348 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7349 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7350 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7351 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7352 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7353
7354 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7355 files.
7356
7357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7358
7359 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7363
7364 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7365
7366 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7367 are processed.
7368
7369 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7375
7376 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7377 killed after syntax checking.
7378
7379 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380
7381 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7384 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7385
7386 \(fn)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7390
7391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7394 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7395
7396 \(fn)" nil nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7399 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7400
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7402
7403 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7407
7408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409
7410 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7413 Delete style NAME.
7414
7415 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7416
7417 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7420 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7421
7422 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423
7424 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Set STYLE as the current style.
7428
7429 Returns the old style symbol.
7430
7431 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7432
7433 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Reset current style.
7437
7438 Returns the old style symbol.
7439
7440 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441
7442 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7445 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7446
7447 Returns the old style symbol.
7448
7449 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7450
7451 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452
7453 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7456 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7457
7458 Returns the old style symbol.
7459
7460 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7461
7462 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 ;;;***
7467 \f
7468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22164 57535
7469 ;;;;;; 443192 607000))
7470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7473 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7474 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7475 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7476 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7477 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7478
7479 Tree mode key bindings:
7480 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7485 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7490 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7491
7492 \(fn)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7495 View declaration of member at point.
7496
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find declaration of member at point.
7501
7502 \(fn)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7505 View definition of member at point.
7506
7507 \(fn)" t nil)
7508
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7510 Find definition of member at point.
7511
7512 \(fn)" t nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7515 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7516
7517 \(fn)" t nil)
7518
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7520 View definition of member at point in other window.
7521
7522 \(fn)" t nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7525 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7526
7527 \(fn)" t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7530 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7531
7532 \(fn)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7535 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7536
7537 \(fn)" t nil)
7538
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7540 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7541
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7545 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7546 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7547 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7548 completion.
7549
7550 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7553 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7554 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7555 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7556
7557 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7558
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7560 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7561 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7562 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7563
7564 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7565
7566 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7567 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7568 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7569
7570 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7571
7572 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7573 Search for call sites of a member.
7574 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7575 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7576 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7577 looks like a function call to the member.
7578
7579 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7582 Move backward in the position stack.
7583 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7584
7585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7586
7587 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7588 Move forward in the position stack.
7589 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7590
7591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7594 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7595
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7597
7598 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7599 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7600
7601 \(fn)" t nil)
7602
7603 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7604 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7605 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7606 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7607
7608 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7609
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7611 Display statistics for a class tree.
7612
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7614
7615 ;;;***
7616 \f
7617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22164 57534 107192
7618 ;;;;;; 607000))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7620
7621 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7622 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7623 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7624 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7625 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7626 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7627 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7628
7629 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7630
7631 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7632 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7633 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7634 also has this effect.
7635 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7636 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7637 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7638 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7639 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7640 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7641 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7642 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7643 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7644 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7645
7646 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7647
7648 ;;;***
7649 \f
7650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22164 57534 107192
7651 ;;;;;; 607000))
7652 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7653
7654 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7655 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7656 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7657
7658 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22164 57534
7663 ;;;;;; 447192 607000))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7665
7666 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7667
7668
7669 \(fn)" nil nil)
7670
7671 ;;;***
7672 \f
7673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22164 57533 927192 607000))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7675 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7676
7677 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7678 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7679 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7682 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7683
7684 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7685
7686 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7687 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7691
7692 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7693 an EDE controlled project.
7694
7695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22164 57534
7700 ;;;;;; 179192 607000))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7702
7703 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7704 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7705 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7706 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7707 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7708
7709 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7710 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7711 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7712 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7713
7714 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7715
7716 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7717 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7718 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7719 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7720
7721 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7722
7723 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7724 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7725 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7726 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7727
7728 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7729
7730 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7731
7732 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7733 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7734 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7735 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7736 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7737
7738 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7739 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7740 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7741 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7742 instrumented for Edebug.
7743
7744 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7745 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7746 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7747 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7748 already is one.)
7749
7750 \(fn)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7753 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7754
7755 \(fn)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7758 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7759
7760 \(fn)" t nil)
7761
7762 ;;;***
7763 \f
7764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22164 57535 859192 607000))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7766 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7770
7771 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772
7773 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7775
7776 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777
7778 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7779
7780 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7781
7782 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7783 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7784 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7785 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7786
7787 \(fn)" t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7791 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7792 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7793
7794 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7798
7799 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7800
7801 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7805
7806 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7812 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7813 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7821 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7822 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7829 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7830 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7831 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7832
7833 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7834
7835 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7839 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7840 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7841
7842 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7843
7844 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7847 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7848 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7849 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7850 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7851 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852
7853 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7856 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7857 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7858 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7859
7860 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7861
7862 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7866 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7867 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7868
7869 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7870
7871 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7872
7873 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7876 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7877 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7878 follows:
7879 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7880 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7881
7882 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7885 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7886 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7887 follows:
7888 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7889 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7890
7891 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7894 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7895 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7896 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7897 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7898
7899 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7900
7901 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7902 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7903 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7904 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7905 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7906 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7907
7908 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7909
7910 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7911
7912 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7913 Merge two files without ancestor.
7914
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7918 Merge two files with ancestor.
7919
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7921
7922 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7923
7924 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7925 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7926
7927 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7930 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7931
7932 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7935 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7936 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7937 buffer.
7938
7939 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7942 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7943 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7944 buffer.
7945
7946 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7949 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7950 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7951 and don't ask the user.
7952 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7953 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7954
7955 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7956
7957 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7958 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7959 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7960 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7961 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7962 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7963 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7964 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7965
7966 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967
7968 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7969
7970 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7971
7972 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7973 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7974 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7975 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7976 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7977
7978 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7979
7980 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7981
7982 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7983 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7984 When called interactively, displays the version.
7985
7986 \(fn)" t nil)
7987
7988 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7989 Display Ediff's manual.
7990 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7991
7992 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7993
7994 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7995
7996
7997 \(fn)" nil nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8000
8001
8002 \(fn)" nil nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8005
8006
8007 \(fn)" nil nil)
8008
8009 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8010
8011
8012 \(fn)" nil nil)
8013
8014 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8015
8016
8017 \(fn)" nil nil)
8018
8019 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8020
8021
8022 \(fn)" nil nil)
8023
8024 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8025
8026
8027 \(fn)" nil nil)
8028
8029 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8030
8031
8032 \(fn)" nil nil)
8033
8034 ;;;***
8035 \f
8036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22164 57535
8037 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8039
8040 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8041
8042
8043 \(fn)" t nil)
8044
8045 ;;;***
8046 \f
8047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22164 57535
8048 ;;;;;; 855192 607000))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8050
8051 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8052 Display Ediff's registry.
8053
8054 \(fn)" t nil)
8055
8056 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22164 57535
8061 ;;;;;; 859192 607000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8063
8064 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8065 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8066 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8067 which see.
8068
8069 \(fn)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8072 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8073 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8074 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8075
8076 \(fn)" t nil)
8077
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22164 57534 107192
8081 ;;;;;; 607000))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8084
8085 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8086 Edit a keyboard macro.
8087 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8088 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8089 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8090 its command name.
8091 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8092
8093 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8096 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8097
8098 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8101 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8102
8103 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8106 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8107 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8108 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8109 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8110 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8111
8112 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8113 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8114 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8115 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8116
8117 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8120 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8121 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8122 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8123 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8124 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8125
8126 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22164 57534 223192
8131 ;;;;;; 607000))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8133
8134 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8135 Set scroll margins.
8136 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8137 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8138
8139 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8142 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8143
8144 \(fn)" t nil)
8145
8146 ;;;***
8147 \f
8148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22164 57534 111192 607000))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8150
8151 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8152 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8153 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8154 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8155 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8156 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8157 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8158
8159 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8160 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8161
8162 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8163 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8164 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8165 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8166
8167 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8168 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8169 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8170
8171 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8172 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8173 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8174
8175 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8178
8179
8180 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8181
8182 ;;;***
8183 \f
8184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22164 57534
8185 ;;;;;; 179192 607000))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8187 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8188
8189 ;;;***
8190 \f
8191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22164
8192 ;;;;;; 57534 179192 607000))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8194 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8195
8196 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8197 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8198 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8199 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8200 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8201 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8202 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8203
8204 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8205
8206 ;;;***
8207 \f
8208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22164 57534 111192
8209 ;;;;;; 607000))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8211
8212 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8213 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8214
8215 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8216 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8217 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8218
8219 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8220
8221 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8222 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8223 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8226 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8227
8228 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8231 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8235
8236 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8237 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8238 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8239 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8240
8241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8244 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8245
8246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8247
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22164 57534 111192
8251 ;;;;;; 607000))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8253
8254 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8255 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8256
8257 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8258 an elided material again.
8259
8260 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22164 57534
8267 ;;;;;; 179192 607000))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8269
8270 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8271 Lint the file FILE.
8272
8273 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8276 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8277 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8278
8279 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8282 Lint the current buffer.
8283 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8284
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8288 Lint the function at point.
8289 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8290
8291 \(fn)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8294 Initialize elint.
8295 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8296 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8297
8298 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8299
8300 ;;;***
8301 \f
8302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22164 57534 183192
8303 ;;;;;; 607000))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8305
8306 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8307 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8308 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8309
8310 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8313 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8314 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8315 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8316
8317 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8320 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8321 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8322
8323 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8324
8325 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8328 Display current profiling results.
8329 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8330 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8331 displayed.
8332
8333 \(fn)" t nil)
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22164 57534 215192
8338 ;;;;;; 607000))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8340
8341 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8342 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8343 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8344 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8345 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8346 ARG is omitted or nil.
8347
8348 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8349 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8350 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8351 used instead.
8352
8353 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8354
8355 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8356 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8357 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8358
8359 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8360
8361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8362
8363 ;;;***
8364 \f
8365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22164 57534
8366 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8368
8369 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8370 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8371 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8372
8373 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8374
8375 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8376
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8380 ;;;;;; 929000))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8382
8383 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8384 Run Emerge on two files.
8385
8386 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8389 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8390
8391 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8394 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8395
8396 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8399 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8400
8401 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8404
8405
8406 \(fn)" nil nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8409
8410
8411 \(fn)" nil nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8414
8415
8416 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8417
8418 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8419
8420
8421 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8424 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8425
8426 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8427
8428 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8429 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8430
8431 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8434
8435
8436 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8437
8438 ;;;***
8439 \f
8440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22164 57535
8441 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
8442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8443
8444 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8445 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8446 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8447 text/enriched format.
8448
8449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8450 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8451 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8452
8453 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8454
8455 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8456 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8457
8458 Commands:
8459
8460 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8461
8462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8465
8466
8467 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8468
8469 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8470
8471
8472 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8473
8474 ;;;***
8475 \f
8476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22164 57534 243192 607000))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8478
8479 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8480 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8481
8482 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8485 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8486
8487 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8490 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8491 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8492 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8493 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8494 the keys are listed.
8495 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8496
8497 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8500 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8501 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8502
8503 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8506 Verify FILE.
8507
8508 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8511 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8512
8513 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8516 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8517
8518 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8521 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8522
8523 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8524 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8525 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8526 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8527
8528 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8529 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8530 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8531 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8532 should consider using the string based counterpart
8533 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8534 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8535
8536 For example:
8537
8538 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8539 (decode-coding-string
8540 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8541 \\='utf-8))
8542
8543 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8546 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8547
8548 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8549 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8550
8551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8552
8553 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8556 Verify the current region between START and END.
8557
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8560 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8561 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8562 should consider using the string based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8564 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8565
8566 For example:
8567
8568 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8569 (decode-coding-string
8570 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8571 \\='utf-8))
8572
8573 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8578 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8579 between START and END.
8580
8581 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8582 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8583
8584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8585
8586 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8589 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8590
8591 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8592 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8593 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8594 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8595 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8596 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8597
8598 For example:
8599
8600 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8601 (epg-sign-string
8602 context
8603 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8604
8605 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8606
8607 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8608
8609 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8610 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8611
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8613 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8614 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8615 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8616 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8617 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8618
8619 For example:
8620
8621 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8622 (epg-encrypt-string
8623 context
8624 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8625 nil))
8626
8627 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8628
8629 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8632 Delete selected KEYS.
8633
8634 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8637 Import keys from FILE.
8638
8639 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8640
8641 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8642 Import keys from the region.
8643
8644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8647 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8648 between START and END.
8649
8650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8651
8652 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8653 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8654
8655 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8656
8657 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8658 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8659
8660 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8661
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22164 57534 239192
8665 ;;;;;; 607000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8669 Decrypt marked files.
8670
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8674 Verify marked files.
8675
8676 \(fn)" t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8679 Sign marked files.
8680
8681 \(fn)" t nil)
8682
8683 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8684 Encrypt marked files.
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22164 57534 239192
8691 ;;;;;; 607000))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8693
8694 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8695
8696
8697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8700
8701
8702 \(fn)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8705
8706
8707 \(fn)" t nil)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22164 57534 243192
8712 ;;;;;; 607000))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8714
8715 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8716 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8718 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8719 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8720
8721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8724 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8725 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8726
8727 \(fn)" t nil)
8728
8729 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8730
8731 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8732 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8733 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8734
8735 \(fn)" t nil)
8736
8737 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8738
8739 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8740 Sign the current buffer.
8741 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742
8743 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8744
8745 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8746
8747 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8748 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8749 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8750 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8751 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8752 and also whether and how to sign.
8753
8754 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8755 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8756 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8757
8758 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8759
8760 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8763 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8767
8768 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8769
8770 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8771 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8772 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8773 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8774 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8775 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8776
8777 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8780 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8782 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8783 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8784
8785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22164 57534 247192 607000))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8791 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8792
8793 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8794 Return a context object.
8795
8796 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22174 6972 484792
8801 ;;;;;; 520000))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8803
8804 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8805 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8806
8807 \(fn)" nil nil)
8808
8809 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8810 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8811
8812 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8813
8814 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8815 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8816
8817 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8818
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22174 6972 500792 520000))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8823 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8824
8825 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8826 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8827
8828 \(fn)" nil nil)
8829
8830 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8831 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8832 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8833
8834 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8835
8836 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8837 (server (erc-compute-server))
8838 (port (erc-compute-port))
8839 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8840 password
8841 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8842
8843 That is, if called with
8844
8845 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8846
8847 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8848 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8849 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8850
8851 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8852
8853 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8856 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8857 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8858
8859 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8860
8861 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8862 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8863 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8864 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8865
8866 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22164
8871 ;;;;;; 57534 255192 607000))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8873 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8874
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22164 57534
8878 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8880 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22164 57534
8885 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22164 57534
8892 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8894 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8895
8896 ;;;***
8897 \f
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22164 57534 255192
8899 ;;;;;; 607000))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8902
8903 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8904 Parser for /dcc command.
8905 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8906 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8907 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8908
8909 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8910
8911 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8912 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8913
8914 \(fn)" nil nil)
8915
8916 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8917 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8918
8919 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8920 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8921 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8922 that subcommand.
8923
8924 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8925
8926 ;;;***
8927 \f
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8929 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 255192 607000))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8932
8933 ;;;***
8934 \f
8935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22164
8936 ;;;;;; 57534 255192 607000))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8938
8939 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8940 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8941
8942 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8945 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8946 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8947 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8948
8949 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8950
8951 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8952
8953
8954 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955
8956 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8957 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8958
8959 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8962 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8963
8964 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8967 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8968
8969 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8972 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8973
8974 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8975
8976 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8977 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8978
8979 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8980
8981 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8982 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8983
8984 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8985
8986 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8987 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8988
8989 \(fn)" nil nil)
8990
8991 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8992 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8993
8994 \(fn)" nil nil)
8995
8996 ;;;***
8997 \f
8998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22164 57534 255192
8999 ;;;;;; 607000))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9004 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9005 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9006
9007 \(fn)" nil nil)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22164 57534
9012 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9015
9016 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9017 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9018 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9019 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9020 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9021 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9022 system.
9023
9024 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9025
9026 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9027
9028
9029 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22164 57534
9034 ;;;;;; 259192 607000))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9038
9039
9040 \(fn)" nil nil)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22164 57534 259192
9045 ;;;;;; 607000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9048
9049 ;;;***
9050 \f
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22164 57534 259192
9052 ;;;;;; 607000))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9055
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22164 57534 259192
9059 ;;;;;; 607000))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9062
9063 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9064 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9065 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9066 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9067 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9068 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9069
9070 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9071
9072 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9073 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9074 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9075 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9076
9077 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9078 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9079 automatically.
9080
9081 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9082 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9083
9084 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9085
9086 ;;;***
9087 \f
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22164 57534
9089 ;;;;;; 259192 607000))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9092
9093 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9094 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9095
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9099 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9100
9101 \(fn)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9104 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9105
9106 \(fn)" t nil)
9107
9108 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9109 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9110
9111 \(fn)" t nil)
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9114 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9115
9116 \(fn)" t nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9119 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9120
9121 \(fn)" t nil)
9122
9123 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9124 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9125
9126 \(fn)" t nil)
9127
9128 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9129 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9130
9131 \(fn)" t nil)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22164 57534 259192
9136 ;;;;;; 607000))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22164
9143 ;;;;;; 57534 259192 607000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9148 Show who's gone.
9149
9150 \(fn)" nil nil)
9151
9152 ;;;***
9153 \f
9154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22164
9155 ;;;;;; 57534 263192 607000))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9157
9158 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9159 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9160 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9161 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9162
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9166 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9167
9168 \(fn)" t nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22164 57534
9173 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9176
9177 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9178 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9179 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9180 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9181
9182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9183
9184 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9185
9186
9187 \(fn)" nil nil)
9188
9189 ;;;***
9190 \f
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22164 57534 263192
9192 ;;;;;; 607000))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9194 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9195
9196 ;;;***
9197 \f
9198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22164
9199 ;;;;;; 57534 263192 607000))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22164 57534
9206 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22164 57534 263192
9213 ;;;;;; 607000))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9215 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22164
9220 ;;;;;; 57534 263192 607000))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9223
9224 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9225 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9226
9227 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9228
9229 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9230 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9231 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9232
9233 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9234
9235 ;;;***
9236 \f
9237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22164 57534
9238 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9240 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22164
9245 ;;;;;; 57534 267192 607000))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9247
9248 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9249 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9250 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9251
9252 \(fn)" t nil)
9253
9254 ;;;***
9255 \f
9256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22164
9257 ;;;;;; 57534 271192 607000))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9259 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9260
9261 ;;;***
9262 \f
9263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22164 57534
9264 ;;;;;; 271192 607000))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9266 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22164 57534
9271 ;;;;;; 275192 607000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9273
9274 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9275 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9276 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9277
9278 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9279
9280 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9281 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9283 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9284 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9285
9286 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9287 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9288 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9289 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9290
9291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9292 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9293
9294 ;;;***
9295 \f
9296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22164
9297 ;;;;;; 57534 275192 607000))
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9299 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9300
9301 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9302 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9303 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9304 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9305
9306 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9307
9308 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9309 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9310 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9311
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9313
9314 ;;;***
9315 \f
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22164 57534 275192
9317 ;;;;;; 607000))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9319 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9320
9321 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9322 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9323
9324 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9325
9326 ;;;***
9327 \f
9328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22189 60738 153741
9329 ;;;;;; 19000))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9331
9332 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9333 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9334
9335 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9336 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9337
9338 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9339 useful for assertions in BODY.
9340
9341 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9342
9343 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9344 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9345 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9346
9347 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9348
9349 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9350
9351 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9352
9353 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9354
9355 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9356
9357 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9358 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9359
9360 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9361 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9362 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9363 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9364
9365 Returns the stats object.
9366
9367 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9368
9369 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9370 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9371
9372 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9373 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9374 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9375 the tests).
9376
9377 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9378
9379 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9380 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9381
9382 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9383 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9384 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9385 and how to display message.
9386
9387 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9388
9389 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9390
9391 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9392 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9393
9394 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9395
9396 ;;;***
9397 \f
9398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22164 57534
9399 ;;;;;; 183192 607000))
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9401
9402 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9403
9404 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9405 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9406
9407 \(fn)" t nil)
9408
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22164 57534
9412 ;;;;;; 299192 607000))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9414
9415 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9416 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9417
9418 \(fn)" t nil)
9419
9420 ;;;***
9421 \f
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22164 57534 303192
9423 ;;;;;; 607000))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9425 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9426
9427 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9428 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9429 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9430 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9431 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9432 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9433 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9434 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9435 buffer selected (or created).
9436
9437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9440 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9441 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9442
9443 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9444
9445 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9446 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9447 The result might be any Lisp object.
9448 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9449 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9450 corresponding to a successful execution.
9451
9452 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9453
9454 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9455
9456 ;;;***
9457 \f
9458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22189 60739 125741
9459 ;;;;;; 19000))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9461
9462 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9463 File name of tags table.
9464 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9465 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9466 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9467 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9468 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9469
9470 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9471 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9472 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9473 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9474
9475 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9476
9477 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9478 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9479 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9480 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9481 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9482 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9483
9484 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9485
9486 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9487 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9488 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9489
9490 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9491
9492 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9493 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9494 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9495 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9496 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9497
9498 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9499
9500 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9501 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9502 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9503 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9504
9505 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9506
9507 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9508 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9509 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9510 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9511 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9512
9513 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9514
9515 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9516 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9517
9518 \(fn)" t nil)
9519
9520 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9521 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9522 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9523 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9524
9525 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9526 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9527 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9528 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9529 file the tag was in.
9530
9531 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9532
9533 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9534 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9535 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9536 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9537 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9538 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9539 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9540 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9541 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9542
9543 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9544
9545 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9546 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9547 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9548 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9549 without directory names.
9550
9551 \(fn)" nil nil)
9552
9553 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9554
9555
9556 \(fn)" nil nil)
9557 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9558 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9559 (progn
9560 (load "etags")
9561 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9562
9563 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9564 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9565 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9566 but does not select the buffer.
9567 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9568
9569 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9570 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9571 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9572 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9573 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9574
9575 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9576
9577 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9578 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9579 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9580
9581 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9582
9583 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9584
9585 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9586 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9587 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9588 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9589
9590 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9591 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9592 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9593 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9594 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9595
9596 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9597
9598 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9599 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9600 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9601
9602 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9603
9604 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9605
9606 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9607
9608 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9609 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9610 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9611 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9612 around or before point.
9613
9614 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9615 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9616 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9617 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9618 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9619
9620 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9621
9622 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9623 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9624 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9625
9626 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9627
9628 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9629
9630 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9631
9632 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9633 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9634 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9635 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9636 around or before point.
9637
9638 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9639 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9640 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9641 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9642 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9643
9644 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9645
9646 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9647 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9648 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9649
9650 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9651
9652 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9653
9654 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9655
9656 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9659
9660 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9661 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9662 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9663 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9664 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9665
9666 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9667
9668 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9669 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9670 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9671
9672 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9673
9674 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9675
9676 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9677
9678 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9679
9680 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9681 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9682
9683 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9684 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9685 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9686
9687 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9688 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9689
9690 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9691 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9692
9693 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9696 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9697 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9698 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9699
9700 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9701 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9702 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9703 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9704 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9705
9706 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9707
9708 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9709 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9710 Stops when a match is found.
9711 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9712
9713 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9714 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9715 restricted to these files.
9716
9717 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9718
9719 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9722 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9723 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9724 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9725 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9726 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9727 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9728 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9729
9730 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9731 produce the list of files to search.
9732
9733 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9734
9735 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9736
9737 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9738 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9739 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9740 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9741 directory specification.
9742
9743 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9744
9745 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9746 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9747
9748 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9749
9750 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9751
9752 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9753 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9754 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9755 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9756
9757 \(fn)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9760 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9761 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9762 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9763 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9764
9765 \(fn)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9768
9769
9770 \(fn)" nil nil)
9771
9772 ;;;***
9773 \f
9774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22164
9775 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
9776 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9777
9778 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9779
9780
9781 \(fn)" nil nil)
9782
9783 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9784 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9785
9786 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9787 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9788
9789 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9790 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9791 primary language.
9792
9793 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9794 even if the buffer is read-only.
9795
9796 See also the descriptions of the variables
9797 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9798
9799 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9800
9801 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9802 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9803
9804 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9805 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9806
9807 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9808 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9809 primary language.
9810
9811 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9812 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9813
9814 See also the descriptions of the variables
9815 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9816
9817 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9820 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9821 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9822 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9823
9824 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9827 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9828 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9829 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9830
9831 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9832 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9833 primary language.
9834
9835 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9836 buffer is read-only.
9837
9838 See also the descriptions of the variables
9839 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9840 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9841
9842 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9843
9844 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9845 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9846
9847 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9848 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9849
9850 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9851 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9852 the primary language.
9853
9854 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9855 buffer is read-only.
9856
9857 See also the descriptions of the variables
9858 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9859 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9860
9861 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9864 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9865 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9866
9867 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9870 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9871
9872 \(fn)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9875 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9876
9877 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9878 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9879 be 1, 2, or 3.
9880
9881 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9882 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9883 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9884
9885 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9886
9887 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9890 This function is deprecated.
9891
9892 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9895 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9896
9897 \(fn)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9900 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9905 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9906
9907 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9908 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9909
9910 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9911 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9912
9913 \(fn)" nil nil)
9914
9915 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9916 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9917
9918 \(fn)" nil nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9921 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9922
9923 \(fn)" nil nil)
9924
9925 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9926 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9927
9928 \(fn)" nil nil)
9929
9930 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9931 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9932 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9933
9934 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9937
9938
9939 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9940
9941 ;;;***
9942 \f
9943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22164 57534 923192 607000))
9944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9945
9946 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9947 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9948 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9949 server for future sessions.
9950
9951 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9952
9953 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9954 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9955 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9956
9957 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9960 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9961 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9962
9963 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9966 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9967 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9968 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9969 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9970 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9971 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9972 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9973 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9974 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9975 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9976 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9977
9978 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9979
9980 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9981 Display a form to query the directory server.
9982 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9983 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9984
9985 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9988 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9989 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9990
9991 \(fn)" t nil)
9992
9993 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9994
9995 ;;;***
9996 \f
9997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22164 57534 923192
9998 ;;;;;; 607000))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10000
10001 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10002 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10003
10004 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10005
10006 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10007 Display URL and make it clickable.
10008
10009 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10010
10011 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10012 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10013
10014 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10017 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10018
10019 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10020
10021 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10022 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10023
10024 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10025
10026 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10027 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10028
10029 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10030
10031 ;;;***
10032 \f
10033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22164 57534
10034 ;;;;;; 923192 607000))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10036
10037 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10038 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10039 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10044 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10045
10046 \(fn)" t nil)
10047
10048 ;;;***
10049 \f
10050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22164
10051 ;;;;;; 57534 923192 607000))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10053
10054 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10055 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10056
10057 \(fn)" t nil)
10058
10059 ;;;***
10060 \f
10061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22164 57534 183192
10062 ;;;;;; 607000))
10063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10064
10065 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10066 Create an empty ewoc.
10067
10068 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10069
10070 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10071 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10072 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10073 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10074 `insert-before-markers'.
10075
10076 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10077 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10078 respectively, of the ewoc.
10079
10080 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10081 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10082 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10083
10084 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10085
10086 ;;;***
10087 \f
10088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22189 60738 473741 19000))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10090
10091 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10092 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10093 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10094 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10095 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10096
10097 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10098
10099 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10100 Fetch URL and render the page.
10101 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10102 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10103
10104 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10105 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10106
10107 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10108 Render FILE using EWW.
10109
10110 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10113 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10114 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10115
10116 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10119 Mode for browsing the web.
10120
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10122
10123 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10124
10125
10126 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10127
10128 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10129 Display the bookmarks.
10130
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10132
10133 ;;;***
10134 \f
10135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22164
10136 ;;;;;; 57535 451192 607000))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10138
10139 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10140 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10141 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10142
10143 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10144
10145 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10146 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10147 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10148 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10149 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10150
10151 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10152
10153 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10154 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10155 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10156 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10157 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10158 executable.
10159
10160 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10161
10162 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10163 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10164 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10165 file modes.
10166
10167 \(fn)" nil nil)
10168
10169 ;;;***
10170 \f
10171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22164 57534 303192 607000))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10173
10174 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10175 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10176 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10177 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10178
10179 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10180
10181 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10182 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10183 to generate such functions.
10184
10185 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10186 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10187 beginning of the expanded text.
10188
10189 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10190 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10191 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10192 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10193
10194 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10195
10196 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10197
10198 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10199 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10200 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10201
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10203
10204 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10205 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10206 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10207
10208 \(fn)" t nil)
10209
10210 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10211 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10212 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10213
10214 \(fn)" t nil)
10215 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10216 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10217
10218 ;;;***
10219 \f
10220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22164 57535 451192
10221 ;;;;;; 607000))
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10223
10224 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10225 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10226 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10227
10228 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10229 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10230 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10231
10232 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10233
10234 Key definitions:
10235 \\{f90-mode-map}
10236
10237 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10238
10239 `f90-do-indent'
10240 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10241 `f90-if-indent'
10242 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10243 `f90-type-indent'
10244 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10245 `f90-program-indent'
10246 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10247 (default 2).
10248 `f90-associate-indent'
10249 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10250 `f90-critical-indent'
10251 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10252 `f90-continuation-indent'
10253 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10254 `f90-comment-region'
10255 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10256 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10257 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10258 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10259 (default \"!\").
10260 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10261 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10262 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10263 `f90-break-delimiters'
10264 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10265 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10266 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10267 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10268 (default t).
10269 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10270 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10271 `f90-smart-end'
10272 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10273 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10274 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10275 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10276 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10277 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10278 `f90-leave-line-no'
10279 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10280
10281 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10282 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10283
10284 \(fn)" t nil)
10285
10286 ;;;***
10287 \f
10288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22164 57534 303192
10289 ;;;;;; 607000))
10290 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10291
10292 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10293 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10294 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10295 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10296
10297 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10298 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10299 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10300 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10301 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10302
10303 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10304 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10305 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10306 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10307 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10308 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10309 attributes.
10310
10311 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10312 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10313
10314 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10315
10316 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10317 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10318 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10319 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10320
10321 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10324 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10325 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10326 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10327
10328 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10329 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10330 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10331
10332 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10333 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10334 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10335 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10336
10337 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10338
10339 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10340 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10341 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10342
10343 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10344 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10345 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10346 the same amount).
10347
10348 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10351 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10352 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10353
10354 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10355 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10356 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10357 will remove any scaling currently active.
10358
10359 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10362 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10363 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10364
10365 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10366 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10367 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10368 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10369 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10370
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10372 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10373
10374 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10375
10376 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10377 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10378
10379 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10380 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10381 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10382
10383 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10384 the face height as long as the input event read
10385 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10386
10387 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10388 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10389 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10390 will remove any scaling currently active.
10391
10392 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10393 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10394 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10395 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10396 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10397
10398 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10399
10400 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10401 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10403 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10404 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10405 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10406
10407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10410 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10411 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10412 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10413 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10414 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10415 `buffer-face-mode'.
10416
10417 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10418 local, and sets it to FACE.
10419
10420 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10423 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10424 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10425 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10426 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10427 `face' text property.
10428
10429 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10430 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10431 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10432 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10433
10434 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10435 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10436
10437 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10440 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10441 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10442 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10443
10444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10445
10446 ;;;***
10447 \f
10448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22153 828 674851
10449 ;;;;;; 262000))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10451 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10452
10453 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10454 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10455 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10456 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10457
10458 \(fn)" nil nil)
10459
10460 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10461 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10466 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10467 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10468 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10469
10470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10471
10472 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10473 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10474 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10475 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10476 backup file names and the like).
10477
10478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10479
10480 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10481 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10482 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10483 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10484 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10485 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10486 internally by feedmail):
10487
10488 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10489 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10490 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10491 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10492
10493 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10494 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10495 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10496 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10497 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10498
10499 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10500
10501 ;;;***
10502 \f
10503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22164 57534 311192 607000))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10505
10506 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10507 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10508 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10509 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10510 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10511 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10512 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10513
10514 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10517 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10518 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10519 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10520 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10521 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10522 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10523
10524 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10525
10526 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10527
10528 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10529 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10530 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10531 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10532 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10533 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10534
10535 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10536
10537 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10538 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10539 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10540 Return value:
10541 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10542 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10543 * otherwise, nil
10544
10545 \(fn E)" t nil)
10546
10547 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10548 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10549 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10550
10551 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10552
10553 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10554 Try to get a file name at point.
10555 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10556
10557 \(fn)" nil nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10560 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10561
10562 \(fn)" t nil)
10563
10564 ;;;***
10565 \f
10566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22164 57534 311192
10567 ;;;;;; 607000))
10568 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10569
10570 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10571 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10572 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10573 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10574
10575 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10578 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10579 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10580 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10581 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10582 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10583
10584 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10587 Add FILE to the file cache.
10588
10589 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10590
10591 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10592 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10593 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10594
10595 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10596
10597 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10598 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10599 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10600
10601 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10602
10603 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10604 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10605 This function does not use any external programs.
10606 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10607 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10608 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10609
10610 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10613 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10614 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10615 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10616 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10617 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10618 \(directories) is done.
10619
10620 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10621
10622 ;;;***
10623 \f
10624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22164 57534 311192
10625 ;;;;;; 607000))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10627
10628 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10629 Handle file system monitoring event.
10630 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10631
10632 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10633
10634 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10635
10636 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10637
10638 ;;;***
10639 \f
10640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 60738 197741
10641 ;;;;;; 19000))
10642 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10643
10644 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10645 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10646
10647 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10648 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10649 Local Variables list.
10650
10651 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10652 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10653 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10654
10655 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10656
10657 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10658 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10659
10660 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10661
10662 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10663 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10664
10665 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10666 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10667 the -*- line.
10668
10669 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10670 then this function adds it.
10671
10672 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10675 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10676
10677 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10680 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10681
10682 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10683
10684 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10685 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10686
10687 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10688
10689 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10690 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10691
10692 \(fn)" t nil)
10693
10694 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10695 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10696
10697 \(fn)" t nil)
10698
10699 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10700 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10701
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10703
10704 ;;;***
10705 \f
10706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22164 57534 315192
10707 ;;;;;; 607000))
10708 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10709
10710 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10711 Filesets initialization.
10712 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10713
10714 \(fn)" nil nil)
10715
10716 ;;;***
10717 \f
10718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22164 57534 315192
10719 ;;;;;; 607000))
10720 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10721 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10722
10723 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10724 Initiate the building of a find command.
10725 For example:
10726
10727 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10728 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10729 (mtime \"+1\"))
10730 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10731
10732 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10733 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10734
10735 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10736
10737 ;;;***
10738 \f
10739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22164 57534 315192
10740 ;;;;;; 607000))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10742
10743 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10744 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10745 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10746
10747 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10748
10749 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10750 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10751
10752 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10753
10754 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10755 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10756 and run Dired on those files.
10757 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10758 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10759
10760 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10761
10762 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10763
10764 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10765
10766 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10767 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10768 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10769
10770 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10771 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10772
10773 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10774 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10775
10776 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10777
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22164 57534 319192
10781 ;;;;;; 607000))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10783
10784 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10785 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10786 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10787 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10788 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10789 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10790 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10791
10792 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10793
10794 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10795 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10796 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10797
10798 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10799
10800 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10801
10802 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10803
10804 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10805 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10806 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10807
10808 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10809 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10810
10811 Variables of interest include:
10812
10813 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10814 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10815 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10816
10817 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10818 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10819 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10820
10821 - `ff-ignore-include'
10822 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10823
10824 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10825 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10826
10827 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10828 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10829
10830 - `ff-special-constructs'
10831 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10832 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10833 extracting the filename from that construct.
10834
10835 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10836 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10837
10838 - `ff-search-directories'
10839 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10840 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10841
10842 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10843 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10844
10845 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10846 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10847
10848 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10849 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10850
10851 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10852 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10853
10854 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10855 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10856
10857 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10860 Visit the file you click on.
10861
10862 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10865 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10866
10867 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10868
10869 ;;;***
10870 \f
10871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22164
10872 ;;;;;; 57534 183192 607000))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10876 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10877 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10878
10879 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10882 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10883 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10884 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10885
10886 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10887 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10888 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10889 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10890
10891 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10894 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10895
10896 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10897 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10898 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10899 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10900
10901 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10902 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10903 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10904
10905 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10906 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10907 in `load-path'.
10908
10909 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10912 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10913
10914 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10915 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10916 places point before the definition.
10917 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10918
10919 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10920 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10921 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10922
10923 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10927
10928 See `find-function' for more details.
10929
10930 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10934
10935 See `find-function' for more details.
10936
10937 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10940 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10941
10942 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10943 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10944 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10945
10946 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948
10949 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10952 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10953
10954 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10955 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10956 places point before the definition.
10957
10958 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10959
10960 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10961 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10963
10964 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10967 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10968
10969 See `find-variable' for more details.
10970
10971 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10974 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10975
10976 See `find-variable' for more details.
10977
10978 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10981 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10982 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10983 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10984 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10985 buffer nor display it.
10986
10987 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10988 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10989
10990 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10993 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10994
10995 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10996 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10997 places point before the definition.
10998
10999 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11000
11001 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11002 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11003 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11004
11005 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11008 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11009 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11010
11011 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11012
11013 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11014 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11015 See `find-function-on-key'.
11016
11017 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11020 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11021 See `find-function-on-key'.
11022
11023 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11024
11025 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11026 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11027
11028 \(fn)" t nil)
11029
11030 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11031 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11032
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11034
11035 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11036 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11037
11038 \(fn)" nil nil)
11039
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22164 57534 319192
11043 ;;;;;; 607000))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11045
11046 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11047 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11048
11049 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11052 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11053
11054 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11057 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11058
11059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22164 57534 319192 607000))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11065 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11066
11067 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11068 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11069
11070 \(fn)" t nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11073 Display FILE's commentary section.
11074 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11075
11076 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11077
11078 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11079 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11080
11081 \(fn)" t nil)
11082
11083 ;;;***
11084 \f
11085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22164 57534 319192
11086 ;;;;;; 607000))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11088
11089 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11090 Toggle flow control handling.
11091 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11092 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11093
11094 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11095
11096 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11097 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11098 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11099 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11100 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11101 to get the effect of a C-q.
11102
11103 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11104
11105 ;;;***
11106 \f
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22164 57534
11108 ;;;;;; 447192 607000))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11110
11111 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11112
11113
11114 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11117
11118
11119 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11120
11121 ;;;***
11122 \f
11123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22164 57535
11124 ;;;;;; 451192 607000))
11125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11126 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11127
11128 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11129 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11130 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11131 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11132 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11133 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11138 Turn flymake mode on.
11139
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11143 Turn flymake mode off.
11144
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146
11147 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11148
11149
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11151
11152 ;;;***
11153 \f
11154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22189 60739
11155 ;;;;;; 269741 19000))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11157
11158 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11159 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11160
11161 \(fn)" t nil)
11162 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11163
11164 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11165 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11167 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11168 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11169
11170 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11171 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11172 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11173
11174 Bindings:
11175 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11176 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11177 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11178 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11179
11180 Hooks:
11181 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11182
11183 Remark:
11184 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11185 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11186 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11187
11188 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11189 consider adding:
11190 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11191 in your init file.
11192
11193 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11194 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11195
11196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11197
11198 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11199 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11200
11201 \(fn)" nil nil)
11202
11203 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11204 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11205
11206 \(fn)" nil nil)
11207
11208 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11209 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11210
11211 \(fn)" nil nil)
11212
11213 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11214 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11215
11216 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11217
11218 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11219 Flyspell whole buffer.
11220
11221 \(fn)" t nil)
11222
11223 ;;;***
11224 \f
11225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22164 57534 319192
11226 ;;;;;; 607000))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11228 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11229
11230 ;;;***
11231 \f
11232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22164 57534 319192 607000))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11234
11235 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11236 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11237
11238 \(fn)" nil nil)
11239
11240 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11241 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11242
11243 \(fn)" nil nil)
11244
11245 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11246 Toggle Follow mode.
11247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11250
11251 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11252 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11253
11254 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11255 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11256 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11257
11258 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11259 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11260 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11261 movement commands.
11262
11263 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11264 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11265 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11266 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11267 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11268 mileage may vary).
11269
11270 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11271 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11272
11273 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11274
11275 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11276
11277 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11278 \\{follow-mode-map}
11279
11280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11283 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11284
11285 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11286 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11287
11288 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11289 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11290
11291 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11292
11293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11296 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11297
11298 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11299 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11300
11301 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11302 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11303
11304 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11305
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11307
11308 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11309 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11310
11311 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11312 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11313 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11314 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11315 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11316 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11317
11318 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11319 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11320 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11321
11322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11323
11324 ;;;***
11325 \f
11326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22164 57534
11327 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11329 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11330
11331 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11332 Toggle Footnote mode.
11333 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11334 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11335 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11336
11337 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11338 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11339 play around with the following keys:
11340 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11341
11342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11343
11344 ;;;***
11345 \f
11346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22164 57534 359192 607000))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11348
11349 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11350 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11351
11352 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11353 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11354 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11355 C-c < forms-first-record <
11356 C-c > forms-last-record >
11357 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11358 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11359 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11360 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11361 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11362 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11363 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11364 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11365 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11366 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11367
11368 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11369
11370 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11371 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11372
11373 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11374
11375 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11376 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11377
11378 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11379
11380 ;;;***
11381 \f
11382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22164 57535
11383 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11385
11386 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11387 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11388 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11389
11390 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11391 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11392
11393 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11394
11395 Key definitions:
11396 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11397
11398 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11399
11400 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11401 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11402 `fortran-do-indent'
11403 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11404 `fortran-if-indent'
11405 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11406 `fortran-structure-indent'
11407 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11408 (default 3)
11409 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11410 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11411 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11412 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11413 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11414 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11415 nil don't change the indentation
11416 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11417 value of either
11418 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11419 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11420 depending on the continuation format in use.
11421 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11422 indentation for a line of code.
11423 (default `fixed')
11424 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11425 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11426 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11427 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11428 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11429 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11430 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11431 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11432 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11433 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11434 column 5.
11435 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11436 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11437 statements (default nil).
11438 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11439 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11440 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11441 `fortran-continuation-string'
11442 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11443 line (default \"$\").
11444 `fortran-comment-region'
11445 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11446 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11447 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11448 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11449 as typed (default t).
11450 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11451 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11452
11453 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11454 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11455
11456 \(fn)" t nil)
11457
11458 ;;;***
11459 \f
11460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22164 57535 299192
11461 ;;;;;; 607000))
11462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11463
11464 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11465 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11466
11467 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11468 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11469
11470 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11471
11472 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11473 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11474
11475 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11476 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11477
11478 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11479
11480 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11481 Compile fortune file.
11482
11483 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11484 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11485
11486 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11487
11488 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11489 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11490
11491 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11492 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11493 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11494 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11495
11496 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11497
11498 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11499 Display a fortune cookie.
11500 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11501 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11502 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11503 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11504
11505 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22189 60738 245741
11510 ;;;;;; 19000))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11512
11513 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11514 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11515 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11516
11517 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11518 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11519 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11520
11521 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11522 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11523
11524 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11525 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11526
11527 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11528 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11529 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11530 intend to modify existing values, do
11531
11532 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11533
11534 before changing anything.
11535
11536 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11537 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11538
11539 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11540 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11541 to restore the frame.
11542
11543 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11544 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11545 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11546
11547 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11548 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11549 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11550 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11551 FILTER A filter function.
11552
11553 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11554 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11555
11556 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11557
11558 where
11559
11560 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11561 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11562 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11563 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11564 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11565 before restoring it.
11566 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11567
11568 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11569 It must return:
11570 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11571 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11572 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11573
11574 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11575 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11576
11577 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11578 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11579 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11580 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11581 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11582 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11583 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11584
11585 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11586
11587 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11588 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11589
11590 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11591
11592 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11593 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11594 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11595 If nil, check all live frames.
11596
11597 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11598
11599 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11600 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11601 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11602 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11603 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11604 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11605 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11606 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11607 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11608 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11609 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11610
11611 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11612
11613 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11614 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11615
11616 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11617 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11618 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11619 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11620 and window-state is not restored.
11621
11622 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11623 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11624
11625 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11626 t All existing frames can be reused.
11627 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11628 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11629 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11630 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11631
11632 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11633 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11634 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11635 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11636 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11637 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11638 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11639 be created from that parameter alist.
11640
11641 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11642 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11643 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11644 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11645 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11646 - the live frame just restored,
11647 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11648 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11649 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11650
11651 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11652 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11653 nil Keep all frames.
11654 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11655 - FRAME, a live frame.
11656 - ACTION, which can be one of
11657 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11658 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11659 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11660 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11661 Return value is ignored.
11662
11663 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11664 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11665 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11666 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11667 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11668
11669 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11670
11671 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11672
11673 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11674 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11675 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11676
11677 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11680 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11681 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11682
11683 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11684
11685 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11686 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11687 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11688 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11689
11690 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11691
11692 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11693
11694 ;;;***
11695 \f
11696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22189 60739
11697 ;;;;;; 13741 19000))
11698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11699 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11700
11701 ;;;***
11702 \f
11703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22164 57535
11704 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11706
11707 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11708 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11709 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11710
11711 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11712
11713 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11714 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11715 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11716 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11717 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11718 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11719 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11720
11721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11722
11723 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11724 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11725 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11726 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11727
11728 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11729 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11730 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11731 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11732 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11733
11734 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11735 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11736 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11737 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11738
11739 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11740 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11741 shown in some of the buffers.
11742
11743 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11744
11745 The following commands help control operation :
11746
11747 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11748 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11749
11750 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11751 detailed description of this mode.
11752
11753
11754 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11755 | GDB Toolbar |
11756 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11757 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11758 | | |
11759 | | |
11760 | | |
11761 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11762 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11763 | | (comint-mode) |
11764 | | |
11765 | | |
11766 | | |
11767 | | |
11768 | | |
11769 | | |
11770 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11771 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11772 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11773 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11774 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11775 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11776
11777 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11778
11779 ;;;***
11780 \f
11781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22164 57534
11782 ;;;;;; 183192 607000))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11784
11785 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11786 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11787 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11788 instead (which see).")
11789
11790 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11791 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11792
11793 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11794 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11795 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11796 documentation string instead.
11797
11798 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11799 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11800 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11801 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11802 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11803 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11804 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11805 enders are actually possible.
11806
11807 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11808 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11809
11810 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11811 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11812 `font-lock-keywords'.
11813
11814 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11815 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11816 runs the macro expansion.
11817
11818 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11819 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11820 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11821
11822 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11823
11824 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11825
11826 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11827
11828 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11829
11830 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11831 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11832
11833 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11836 Enter generic mode MODE.
11837
11838 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11839 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11840 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11841
11842 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11843 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11844
11845 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11846
11847 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11848 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11849 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11850 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11851 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11852 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11853 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11854 `font-lock-keywords'.
11855
11856 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11857
11858 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11859
11860 ;;;***
11861 \f
11862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22164 57535
11863 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11865
11866 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11867 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11868 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11869 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11870 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11871 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11872
11873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11874
11875 ;;;***
11876 \f
11877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22164 57534
11878 ;;;;;; 447192 607000))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11880
11881 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11882 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11883 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11884
11885 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11886
11887 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11888 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11889
11890 Guideline for numbers:
11891 1 - error messages
11892 3 - non-serious error messages
11893 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11894 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11895 9 - messages inside loops.
11896
11897 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11898
11899 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11900 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11901 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11902
11903 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11904
11905 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11906 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11907
11908 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11911 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11912
11913 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11914 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11915 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11916 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11917 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11918 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11919
11920 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11921 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11922 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11923 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11924 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11925
11926 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11927
11928 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11929
11930 ;;;***
11931 \f
11932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22186 51932 74004 628000))
11933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11934 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11935 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11936 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11939 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11940
11941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11944 Read network news.
11945 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11946 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11947 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11948 name of an NNTP server to use.
11949 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11950 server.
11951
11952 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11955 Read news as a slave.
11956
11957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11960 Pop up a frame to read news.
11961 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11962 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11963 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11964 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11965 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11966 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11967 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11968 current display is used.
11969
11970 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11973 Read network news.
11974 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11975 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11976 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11977
11978 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11979
11980 ;;;***
11981 \f
11982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22189 60738
11983 ;;;;;; 253741 19000))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11987 Start Gnus unplugged.
11988
11989 \(fn)" t nil)
11990
11991 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11992 Start Gnus plugged.
11993
11994 \(fn)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11997 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11998
11999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12002 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12003
12004 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12005 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12006 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12007
12008 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12009 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12010 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12011
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12015 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12016
12017 \(fn)" nil nil)
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12020 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12021 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12022 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12023 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12024 supported.
12025
12026 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12029 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12030 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12031 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12032 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12033 supported.
12034
12035 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12038 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12039
12040 \(fn)" nil nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12043 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12044 downloaded into the agent.
12045
12046 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12049 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12050 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12051 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12052
12053 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12056 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12057
12058 \(fn)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12061 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12062
12063 \(fn)" t nil)
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12066 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12067 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12068
12069 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12070
12071 ;;;***
12072 \f
12073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22189 60738
12074 ;;;;;; 297741 19000))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12078 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12079
12080 \(fn)" nil nil)
12081
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22164
12085 ;;;;;; 57534 491192 607000))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12089 Set a bookmark for this article.
12090
12091 \(fn)" t nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12094 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12095
12096 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12097
12098 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12099 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12100 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12101 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12102 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12103
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22164 57534
12109 ;;;;;; 491192 607000))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12113 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12114
12115 Usage:
12116 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12117
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12119
12120 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12121 Generate the cache active file.
12122
12123 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12126 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12127
12128 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12131 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12132 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12133 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12134 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12135 supported.
12136
12137 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12140 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12141 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12142 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12143 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12144 supported.
12145
12146 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22164 57534
12151 ;;;;;; 507192 607000))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12155 Delay this article by some time.
12156 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12157
12158 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12159 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12160
12161 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12162 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12163
12164 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12165 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12166
12167 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12170 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12171
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12175 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12176 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12177 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12178
12179 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12180 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12181
12182 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22164 57534
12187 ;;;;;; 511192 607000))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12189
12190 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12191
12192
12193 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12194
12195 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12196
12197
12198 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12199
12200 ;;;***
12201 \f
12202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22164 57534
12203 ;;;;;; 511192 607000))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12205
12206 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12207 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12208
12209 \(fn)" t nil)
12210
12211 ;;;***
12212 \f
12213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22164 57534
12214 ;;;;;; 511192 607000))
12215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12216
12217 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12218 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12219
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22174 6972 560792
12225 ;;;;;; 520000))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12229 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12230
12231 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12234
12235 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12236 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12237
12238 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12239
12240 \(fn)" t nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12243 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12244
12245 \(fn)" t nil)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12248 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12249
12250 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12251 different input formats.
12252
12253 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12254
12255 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12256 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12257
12258 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12259 different input formats.
12260
12261 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12262
12263 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12264 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12265 The PNG is returned as a string.
12266
12267 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12270 Convert FILE to a Face.
12271 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12272 726 bytes.
12273
12274 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12277 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12278
12279 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12280
12281 \(fn)" t nil)
12282
12283 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12284 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12285
12286 \(fn)" nil nil)
12287
12288 ;;;***
12289 \f
12290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22164
12291 ;;;;;; 57534 515192 607000))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12295 Display gravatar in the From header.
12296 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12297
12298 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12299
12300 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12301 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12302 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12303
12304 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12305
12306 ;;;***
12307 \f
12308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22164 57534
12309 ;;;;;; 539192 607000))
12310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12313 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12314 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12315 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12316
12317 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12320 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12321
12322 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22164 57534
12327 ;;;;;; 539192 607000))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12331
12332
12333 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12336
12337
12338 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22164 57534
12343 ;;;;;; 543192 607000))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12345
12346 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12349 Run batched scoring.
12350 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12351
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12353
12354 ;;;***
12355 \f
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22164 57534 547192
12357 ;;;;;; 607000))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12359
12360 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12361
12362
12363 \(fn)" nil nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12366 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12367 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12368
12369 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12370
12371 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12372 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12373
12374 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12375
12376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12377
12378 ;;;***
12379 \f
12380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22164 57534
12381 ;;;;;; 547192 607000))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12385 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12386 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12387 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12388 group parameters.
12389
12390 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12391 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12392 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12393 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12394
12395 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12396 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12397 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12398 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12399 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12400 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12401 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12402 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12403 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12404 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12405
12406 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12409 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12410 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12411 nil CATCH-ALL).
12412
12413 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12414 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12415
12416 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12417
12418 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12419 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12420 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12421
12422 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12423
12424 \(fn)" nil nil)
12425
12426 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12427 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12428 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12429
12430 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12431
12432 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12433 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12434 existing groups are considered.
12435
12436 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12437 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12438 returned.
12439
12440 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12441 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12442 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12443 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12444 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12445 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12446 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12447 clauses will be generated.
12448
12449 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12450 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12451 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12452 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12453 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12454 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12455
12456 For example, given the following group parameters:
12457
12458 nnml:mail.bar:
12459 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12460 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12461 nnml:mail.foo:
12462 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12463 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12464 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12465 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12466 nnml:mail.others:
12467 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12468
12469 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12470
12471 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12472 \"mail.bar\")
12473 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12474 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12475 \"mail.others\")
12476
12477 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22164 57534
12482 ;;;;;; 547192 607000))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12484
12485 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12486 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12487 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12488 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12489 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12490 instead.
12491
12492 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12493
12494 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12495 Mail to ADDRESS.
12496
12497 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12500 Like `message-reply'.
12501
12502 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12503
12504 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12505
12506 ;;;***
12507 \f
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12509 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 563192 607000))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12511
12512 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12513 Send a notification on new message.
12514 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12515 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12516 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12517
12518 This is typically a function to add in
12519 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12520
12521 \(fn)" nil nil)
12522
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22164 57534
12526 ;;;;;; 563192 607000))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12528
12529 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12530 Display picons in the From header.
12531 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12532
12533 \(fn)" t nil)
12534
12535 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12536 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12537 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12538
12539 \(fn)" t nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12542 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12543 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12544
12545 \(fn)" t nil)
12546
12547 ;;;***
12548 \f
12549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22164 57534
12550 ;;;;;; 563192 607000))
12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12552
12553 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12554 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12555 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12556 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12557
12558 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12559
12560 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12561 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12562 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12563 LIST1 is modified.
12564
12565 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12566
12567 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12568 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12569 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12570
12571 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12572
12573 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12574
12575
12576 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12577
12578 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12579 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12580 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12581
12582 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12585 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12586 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12587
12588 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12589
12590 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12591
12592 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12593 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12594 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12595
12596 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12597
12598 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12599 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12600 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12601
12602 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12603
12604 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12605 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12606 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12607
12608 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12609
12610 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12611 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12612
12613 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22164
12618 ;;;;;; 57534 563192 607000))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12620
12621 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12622 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12623
12624 \(fn)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12627 Install the registry hooks.
12628
12629 \(fn)" t nil)
12630
12631 ;;;***
12632 \f
12633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22164 57534
12634 ;;;;;; 567192 607000))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12636
12637 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12638 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12639 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12640 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12641 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12642 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12643
12644 \(fn)" t nil)
12645
12646 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12647 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12648 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12649 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12650 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12651
12652 \(fn)" t nil)
12653
12654 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12655
12656
12657 \(fn)" t nil)
12658
12659 ;;;***
12660 \f
12661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22164 57534
12662 ;;;;;; 571192 607000))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12664
12665 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12666 Update the format specification near point.
12667
12668 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12669
12670 ;;;***
12671 \f
12672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22164 57534
12673 ;;;;;; 579192 607000))
12674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12675
12676 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12677 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12678
12679 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12680
12681 ;;;***
12682 \f
12683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22164 57534
12684 ;;;;;; 603192 607000))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12686
12687 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12688 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12689 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12690
12691 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22164 57534
12696 ;;;;;; 607192 607000))
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12698
12699 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12700 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12701
12702 \(fn)" t nil)
12703
12704 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12705 Install the sync hooks.
12706
12707 \(fn)" t nil)
12708
12709 ;;;***
12710 \f
12711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22164 57534
12712 ;;;;;; 611192 607000))
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12714
12715 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12716 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12717
12718 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12719
12720 ;;;***
12721 \f
12722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22164 57534 927192
12723 ;;;;;; 607000))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12725
12726 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12727 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12728 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12729 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12730 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12731 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12732
12733 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12734
12735 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12736
12737 ;;;***
12738 \f
12739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22189 60739 17741
12740 ;;;;;; 19000))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12742
12743 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12744 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12745
12746 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12747 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12748 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12749
12750 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12751 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12752 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12753
12754 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12755 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12756
12757 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12758 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12759
12760 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12761
12762 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12763
12764 ;;;***
12765 \f
12766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22164 57534
12767 ;;;;;; 927192 607000))
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12769
12770 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12771
12772 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12773 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12774 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12775 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12776 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12777
12778 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12781 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12782 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12783 or to send e-mail.
12784 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12785 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12786
12787 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12788 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12789
12790 \(fn)" t nil)
12791 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12792
12793 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12794 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12795 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12796 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12797 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12798
12799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12800
12801 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12802 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12803
12804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12805
12806 ;;;***
12807 \f
12808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22164 57534
12809 ;;;;;; 615192 607000))
12810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12811
12812 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12813 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12814 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12815
12816 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12819 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12820
12821 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12822
12823 ;;;***
12824 \f
12825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22164 57535 455192
12826 ;;;;;; 607000))
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12828
12829 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12830 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12831
12832 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12833
12834 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12835 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12836 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12837 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12838 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12839
12840 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12841 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12842 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12843
12844 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12845
12846 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12847 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12848 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12849 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12850 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12851
12852 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12853
12854 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12855 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12856
12857 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12858
12859 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12860 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12861
12862 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12863 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12864 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12865
12866 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12867 The default find program.
12868 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12869 and others.")
12870
12871 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12872 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12873 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12874 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12875
12876 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12877 How to invoke find and grep.
12878 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12879 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12880 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12881 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12882
12883 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12884
12885 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12886 History list for grep.")
12887
12888 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12889 History list for grep-find.")
12890
12891 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12892 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12893 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12894
12895 \(fn)" nil nil)
12896
12897 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12898
12899
12900 \(fn)" nil nil)
12901
12902 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12903 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12904
12905 \(fn)" nil nil)
12906
12907 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12908 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12909 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12910 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12911 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12912
12913 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12914 arguments.
12915
12916 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12917 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12918
12919 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12920 can easily repeat a grep command.
12921
12922 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12923 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12924 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12925 list is empty).
12926
12927 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12928
12929 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12930 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12931 Collect output in a buffer.
12932 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12933 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12934
12935 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12936 easily repeat a find command.
12937
12938 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12939
12940 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12941
12942 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12943 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12944 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12945 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12946 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12947
12948 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12949 before it is executed.
12950 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12951
12952 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12953 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12954 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12955
12956 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12957
12958 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12961 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12962 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12963 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12964 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12965
12966 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12967 before it is executed.
12968 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12969
12970 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12971 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12972 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12973 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12974
12975 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12976
12977 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12978 to specify a command to run.
12979
12980 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12981
12982 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12983 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12984 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12985 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12986
12987 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12988
12989 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12990
12991 ;;;***
12992 \f
12993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22164 57534 707192 607000))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12995
12996 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12997 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12998 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12999 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13000 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13001
13002 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13003
13004 ;;;***
13005 \f
13006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22174 6972 708792
13007 ;;;;;; 520000))
13008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13009
13010 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13011 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13012 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13013 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13014
13015 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13018 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13019 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13020 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13021
13022 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13025 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13026 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13027 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13028
13029 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13032 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13033 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13034 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13035
13036 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13037 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13038
13039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13042 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13043 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13044 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13045
13046 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13047
13048 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13049 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13050 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13051 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13052
13053 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13054
13055 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13056 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13057 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13058 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13059
13060 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13063 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13064 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13065 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13066 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13067
13068 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13069 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13070 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13071 original source file access method.
13072
13073 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13074 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13075
13076 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13077
13078 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13079 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13080
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13082
13083 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13084 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13085 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13088 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13089
13090 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13091
13092 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13093 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13095 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13096 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13097
13098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13099
13100 ;;;***
13101 \f
13102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22164 57534 183192
13103 ;;;;;; 607000))
13104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13105
13106 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13107 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13108 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13109 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13110 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13111 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13112 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13113 set it to.
13114 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13115
13116 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13117
13118 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13119 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13120 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13121 of PLACE.
13122 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13123 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13124 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13125 and SETTER.
13126 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13127 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13128
13129 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13130
13131 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13132
13133 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13134 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13135 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13136 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13137 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13138
13139 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13140
13141 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13142
13143 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13144
13145
13146 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13147
13148 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13149
13150 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13151
13152 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13153 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13154 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13155 well for simple place forms.
13156 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13157 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13158 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13159 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13160 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13161 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13162 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13163
13164 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13165
13166 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13167
13168 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13169 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13170 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13171 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13172 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13173
13174 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13175 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13176 (let ((temp VAL))
13177 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13178 temp)
13179 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13180
13181 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13182
13183 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13184 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13185 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13186 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13187 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13188 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13189
13190 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13191
13192 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13193
13194 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13195 Return a reference to PLACE.
13196 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13197 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13198 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13199 binding mode.
13200
13201 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13202
13203 ;;;***
13204 \f
13205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22164 57535
13206 ;;;;;; 303192 607000))
13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13208
13209 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13210 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13211 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13212 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13213
13214 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13215 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13216 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13217 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13218
13219 \(fn)" t nil)
13220
13221 ;;;***
13222 \f
13223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13224 ;;;;;; 635000))
13225 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13226
13227 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13228 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13229
13230 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13233 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13234 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13235 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13236
13237 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13238
13239 \(fn)" t nil)
13240
13241 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13242 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13243 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13244 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13245 to be updated.
13246
13247 \(fn)" t nil)
13248
13249 ;;;***
13250 \f
13251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22164 57534
13252 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13254
13255 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13256 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13257
13258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13259
13260 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13261 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13262 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13263
13264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13265
13266 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13267 Verify a hashcash payment
13268
13269 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13270
13271 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13272 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13273 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13274 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13275 `mail-add-payment-async').
13276
13277 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13280 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13281 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13282 Calculation is asynchronous.
13283
13284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13285
13286 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13287 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13288 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291
13292 ;;;***
13293 \f
13294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22164 57534 707192
13295 ;;;;;; 607000))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13297
13298 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13299 Return the help-echo string at point.
13300 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13301 property, or nil, is returned.
13302 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13303 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13304 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13305
13306 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13309 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13310 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13311 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13312 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13313
13314 \(fn)" nil nil)
13315
13316 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13317 Display local help in the echo area.
13318 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13319 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13320 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13321 printed instead.
13322
13323 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13324 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13325 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13326
13327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13330 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13331 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13332
13333 \(fn)" t nil)
13334
13335 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13336 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13337 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13338
13339 \(fn)" t nil)
13340
13341 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13342 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13343 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13344 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13345 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13346 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13347 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13348 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13349 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13350 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13351 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13352
13353 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13354 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13355 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13356 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13357 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13358
13359 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13360 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13361 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13362 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13363 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13364 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13365 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13366 The default is `never'.")
13367
13368 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13369
13370 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13371 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13372 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13373 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13374 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13375 considered different regions.
13376
13377 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13378 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13379 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13380 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13381 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13382 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13383 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13384 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13385 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13386
13387 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13388
13389 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13390 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13391 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13392 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13393 different regions.
13394
13395 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13396 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13397 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13398 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13399 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13400 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13401 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13402 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13403
13404 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13405 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13406 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13407 rarely happens in practice.
13408
13409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13412 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13413 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13414 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13415 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13416 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13417
13418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13419
13420 ;;;***
13421 \f
13422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22174 6972 616792
13423 ;;;;;; 520000))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13425
13426 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13427 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13428
13429 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13430
13431 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13432 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13433 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13434
13435 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13436
13437 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13438 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13439 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13440 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13441 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13442 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13443 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13444
13445 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13446 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13447 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13448 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13449 suitable file is found, return nil.
13450
13451 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13452
13453 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13454
13455
13456 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13457
13458 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13459 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13460 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13461 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13462
13463 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13464
13465 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13466 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13467 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13468 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13469 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13470 it is displayed along with the global value.
13471
13472 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13475 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13476 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13477 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13478 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13479 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13480
13481 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13482
13483 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13484 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13485 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13486 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13487
13488 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13489
13490 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13491 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13492 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13493 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13494 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13495
13496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13497
13498 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13499 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13500
13501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13502
13503 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13504 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13505
13506 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13507
13508 ;;;***
13509 \f
13510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22164 57534 707192
13511 ;;;;;; 607000))
13512 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13513
13514 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13515 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13516 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13517 window listing and describing the options.
13518 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13519 gives the window that lists the options.")
13520
13521 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13522
13523 ;;;***
13524 \f
13525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22164 57534 707192
13526 ;;;;;; 607000))
13527 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13528
13529 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13530 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13531 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13532 Commands:
13533 \\{help-mode-map}
13534
13535 \(fn)" t nil)
13536
13537 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13538 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13539
13540 \(fn)" nil nil)
13541
13542 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13543 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13544
13545 \(fn)" nil nil)
13546
13547 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13548 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13549
13550 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13551 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13552 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13553 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13554
13555 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13556 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13557 restore it properly when going back.
13558
13559 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13560
13561 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13562 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13563 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13564 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13565 from `help-mode'.
13566 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13567 it does not already exist.
13568
13569 \(fn)" nil nil)
13570
13571 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13572 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13573
13574 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13575 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13576 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13577 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13578 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13579 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13580 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13581 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13582
13583 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13584 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13585 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13586 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13587
13588 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13589 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13590 that.
13591
13592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13593
13594 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13595 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13596 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13597 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13598 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13599 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13600
13601 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13602
13603 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13604 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13605 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13606 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13607 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13608
13609 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13610
13611 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13612 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13613
13614 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13615
13616 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13617
13618 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13619 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13620 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13621 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13622
13623 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13624
13625 ;;;***
13626 \f
13627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22164 57534
13628 ;;;;;; 183192 607000))
13629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13630
13631 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13632 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13633
13634 \(fn)" t nil)
13635
13636 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13637 Provide help for current mode.
13638
13639 \(fn)" t nil)
13640
13641 ;;;***
13642 \f
13643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22164 57534 711192 607000))
13644 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13645
13646 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13647 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13648 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13649 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13650 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13651
13652 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13653 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13654
13655 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13656 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13657 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13658 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13659
13660 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13661 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13662 periods.
13663
13664 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13665 in hexl format.
13666
13667 A sample format:
13668
13669 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13670 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13671 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13672 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13673 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13674 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13675 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13676 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13677 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13678 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13679 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13680 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13681 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13682 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13683 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13684
13685 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13686 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13687 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13688
13689 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13690 also supported.
13691
13692 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13693
13694 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13695 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13696 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13697
13698 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13699 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13700 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13701
13702 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13703 into the buffer at the current point.
13704
13705 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13706 into the buffer at the current point.
13707
13708 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13709 into the buffer at the current point.
13710
13711 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13712
13713 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13714 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13715
13716 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13717
13718 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13719
13720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13721
13722 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13723 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13724 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13725 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13726
13727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13728
13729 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13730 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13731 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13732
13733 \(fn)" t nil)
13734
13735 ;;;***
13736 \f
13737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22164 57534 711192
13738 ;;;;;; 607000))
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13740
13741 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13742 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13744 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13745 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13746
13747 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13748 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13749 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13750 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13751
13752 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13753 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13754 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13755 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13756
13757 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13758 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13759 which can be called interactively, are:
13760
13761 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13762 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13763
13764 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13765 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13766 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13767 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13768
13769 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13770 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13771
13772 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13773 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13774 available face automatically.
13775
13776 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13777 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13778
13779 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13780 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13781 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13782 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13783 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13784 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13785 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13786 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13787 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13788 function returns t.
13789
13790 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13791 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13792
13793 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13794 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13795 form:
13796 Hi-lock: FOO
13797
13798 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13799 position (number of characters into buffer)
13800 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13801 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13802 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13803
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13805
13806 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13807 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13808 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13811 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13812
13813 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13814
13815 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13816 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13817 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13818 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13819 ARG is omitted or nil.
13820
13821 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13822 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13823 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13824
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13826
13827 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13828
13829 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13830 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13831 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13832 Use the global history list for FACE.
13833
13834 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13835 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13836 highlighting will not update as you type.
13837
13838 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13839
13840 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13841
13842 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13843 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13844 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13845 Use the global history list for FACE.
13846
13847 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13848 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13849 highlighting will not update as you type.
13850
13851 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13852
13853 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13854
13855 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13856 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13857 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13858 Use the global history list for FACE.
13859
13860 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13861 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13862 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13863
13864 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13865 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13866 highlighting will not update as you type.
13867
13868 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13869
13870 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13871
13872 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13873 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13874 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13875 unless you use a prefix argument.
13876 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13877
13878 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13879 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13880
13881 \(fn)" t nil)
13882
13883 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13884
13885 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13886 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13887 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13888 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13889 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13890 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13891
13892 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13893
13894 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13895 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13896
13897 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13898 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13899 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13900
13901 \(fn)" t nil)
13902
13903 ;;;***
13904 \f
13905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22174 6972
13906 ;;;;;; 720792 520000))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13908
13909 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13910 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13913 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13914
13915 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13916 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13917 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13918 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13919
13920 `hide-ifdef-env'
13921 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13922 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13923 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13924 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13925 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13926 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13927 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13928
13929 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13930 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13931 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13932 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13933 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13934
13935 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13936 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13937 #endif lines when hiding.
13938
13939 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13940 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13941 is activated.
13942
13943 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13944 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13945 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13946
13947 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13948
13949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13950
13951 ;;;***
13952 \f
13953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22164 57535
13954 ;;;;;; 475192 607000))
13955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13956
13957 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13958 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13959 Each element has the form
13960 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13961
13962 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13963 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13964
13965 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13966 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13967
13968 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13969 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13970 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13971 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13972 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13973 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13974
13975 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13976 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13977
13978 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13979 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13980
13981 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13982 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13983 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13984
13985 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13986 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13988 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13989 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13990
13991 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13992 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13993 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13994
13995 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13996 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13997 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13998
13999 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14000 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14001
14002 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14003
14004 Key bindings:
14005 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14006
14007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14010 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14011
14012 \(fn)" nil nil)
14013
14014 ;;;***
14015 \f
14016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22164 57534 715192
14017 ;;;;;; 607000))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14019
14020 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14021 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14022 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14023 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14024 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14025
14026 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14027 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14028 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14029 this on and off.
14030
14031 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14032 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14033 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14034 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14035 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14036 through various faces.
14037 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14038 buffer with the contents of a file
14039 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14040
14041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14044 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14046 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14047 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14048
14049 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14050 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14051 in a distinctive face.
14052
14053 The default value can be customized with variable
14054 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14055
14056 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14057
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14059
14060 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14061 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14062 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14063
14064 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14067 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14068
14069 \(fn)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14072 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14073
14074 \(fn)" t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14077 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14078
14079 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14080 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14081 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14082 shown in the last face in the list.
14083
14084 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14085 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14086 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14087
14088 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14089
14090 \(fn)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14093 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14094
14095 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14096
14097 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14098 to save the file.
14099
14100 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14101 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14102
14103 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14104 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14105 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14106
14107 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14108
14109 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14110 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14111
14112 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14113 this function is called interactively.
14114
14115 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14116 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14117 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14118
14119 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14120 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14121 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14122
14123 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14124
14125 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14126 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14127 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14130 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14131
14132 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14133
14134 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14135 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14136 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14137 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14138 ARG is omitted or nil.
14139
14140 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14141 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14142 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14143
14144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22164 57534 715192
14149 ;;;;;; 607000))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14151 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14152
14153 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14154 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14155 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14156 or insert functions in this list.")
14157
14158 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14159
14160 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14161 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14162 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14163 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14164 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14165 expansions.
14166 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14167 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14168 undoes the expansion.
14169
14170 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14171
14172 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14173 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14174 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14175 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14176
14177 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14178
14179 ;;;***
14180 \f
14181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22164 57534 715192
14182 ;;;;;; 607000))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14184
14185 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14186 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14190
14191 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14192 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14193 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14194 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14195 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14196 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14197
14198 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14199 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14200 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14201 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14202
14203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14204
14205 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14206 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14207 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14210 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14211
14212 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14213
14214 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14215 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14217 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14218 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14219
14220 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14221 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14222 windows.
14223
14224 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14225 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14226
14227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14228
14229 ;;;***
14230 \f
14231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22164 57533
14232 ;;;;;; 855192 607000))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14234
14235 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14236 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14237 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14238
14239 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14240
14241 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14242
14243 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14244 Oriental holidays.
14245 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14246
14247 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14248
14249 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14250
14251 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14252 Local holidays.
14253 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14254
14255 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14256
14257 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14258
14259 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14260 User defined holidays.
14261 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14262
14263 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14264
14265 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14266
14267 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14268 Jewish holidays.
14269 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14270
14271 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14272
14273 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14274
14275 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14276 Christian holidays.
14277 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14278
14279 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14280
14281 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14282
14283 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14284 Islamic holidays.
14285 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14286
14287 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14288
14289 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14290
14291 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14292 Bahá’í holidays.
14293 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14294
14295 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14296
14297 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14298
14299 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14300 Sun-related holidays.
14301 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14302
14303 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14304
14305 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14306
14307 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14308
14309 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14310 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14311 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14312 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14313
14314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14317 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14318 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14319 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14320 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14321
14322 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14323 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14324
14325 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14326 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14327
14328 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14329 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14330 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14331 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14332 of a holiday list.
14333
14334 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14335
14336 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14337
14338 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14339
14340 ;;;***
14341 \f
14342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22164 57534
14343 ;;;;;; 615192 607000))
14344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14345
14346 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14347 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14348
14349 \(fn)" t nil)
14350
14351 ;;;***
14352 \f
14353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22189 60738
14354 ;;;;;; 317741 19000))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14356 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14357
14358 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14359 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14360 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14361 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14362 as possible.
14363
14364 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14365 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14366 fontified display.
14367
14368 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14369 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14370
14371 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14372 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14373 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14374
14375 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14376
14377 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14378 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14379 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14380
14381 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14382
14383 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14384
14385 ;;;***
14386 \f
14387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22164 57534 715192
14388 ;;;;;; 607000))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14390
14391 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14392 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14393
14394 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14395 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14396 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14397
14398 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14399 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14400 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14401 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14402 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14403 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14404
14405 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14406 title of the column.
14407
14408 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14409 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14410 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14411 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14412 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14413
14414 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14415
14416 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14417
14418 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14419 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14420 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14421 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14422 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14423
14424 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14425 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14426 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14427
14428 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14429
14430 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14431
14432 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14433
14434 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14435 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14436 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14437 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14438 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14439 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14440
14441 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14442 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14443 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14444 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14445 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14446 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14447 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14448 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14449 values are:
14450 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14451 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14452 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14453 buffer's modification flag.
14454 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14455 prompted before performing this operation.
14456 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14457 operation is complete, in the form:
14458 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14459 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14460 confirmation message, in the form:
14461 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14462 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14463 macro for exactly what it does.
14464
14465 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14466
14467 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14468
14469 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14470
14471 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14472 Define a filter named NAME.
14473 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14474 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14475 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14476
14477 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14478 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14479 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14480 bound to the current value of the filter.
14481
14482 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14483
14484 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14485
14486 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14487
14488 ;;;***
14489 \f
14490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22164 57534 719192
14491 ;;;;;; 607000))
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14493
14494 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14495 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14496 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14497 buffers which are visiting a file.
14498
14499 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14500
14501 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14502 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14503 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14504 buffers which are visiting a file.
14505
14506 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14507
14508 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14509 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14510 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14511
14512 All arguments are optional.
14513 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14514 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14515 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14516 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14517 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14518 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14519 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14520 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14521 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14522 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14523 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14524 that value locally in this buffer.
14525
14526 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22164
14531 ;;;;;; 57533 859192 607000))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14533 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14534
14535 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14536 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14537 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14538 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14539
14540 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14541
14542 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14543 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14544 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14545 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14546 ICAL-FILENAME.
14547 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14548 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14549 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14550
14551 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14552
14553 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14554 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14555 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14556 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14557 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14558 non-marking or not.
14559
14560 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14561
14562 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14563 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14564
14565 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14566 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14567 DIARY-FILE.
14568
14569 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14570 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14571 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14572
14573 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14574 non-marking.
14575
14576 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14577 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14578 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14579
14580 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14581
14582 ;;;***
14583 \f
14584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22164 57534 719192
14585 ;;;;;; 607000))
14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14587
14588 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14589 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14590 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14593 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14594
14595 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14596
14597 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14598 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14602
14603 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14604 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14605 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14606 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14607
14608 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14609 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14610
14611 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14612 completions:
14613
14614 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14615
14616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14617 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14618 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14619 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14620 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14621
14622 ;;;***
14623 \f
14624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22164 57535 475192
14625 ;;;;;; 607000))
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14627
14628 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14629 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14630 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14631 Tab indents for Icon code.
14632 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14633 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14634 \\{icon-mode-map}
14635 Variables controlling indentation style:
14636 icon-tab-always-indent
14637 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14638 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14639 icon-auto-newline
14640 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14641 inserted in Icon code.
14642 icon-indent-level
14643 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14644 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14645 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14646 icon-continued-statement-offset
14647 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14648 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14649 icon-continued-brace-offset
14650 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14651 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14652 icon-brace-offset
14653 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14654 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14655 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14656 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14657
14658 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14659 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14660
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14662
14663 ;;;***
14664 \f
14665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22164
14666 ;;;;;; 57535 483192 607000))
14667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14668
14669 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14670 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14671 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14672 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14673
14674 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14675 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14676 separate frames.
14677
14678 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14679 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14680
14681 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14682 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14683 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14684
14685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14686
14687 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14688
14689 ;;;***
14690 \f
14691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22164 57535
14692 ;;;;;; 491192 607000))
14693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14694 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14695
14696 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14697 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14698
14699 The main features of this mode are
14700
14701 1. Indentation and Formatting
14702 --------------------------
14703 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14704 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14705
14706 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14707 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14708 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14709 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14710
14711 Comments are indented as follows:
14712
14713 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14714 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14715 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14716
14717 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14718
14719 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14720 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14721 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14722 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14723 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14724 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14725
14726 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14727 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14728 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14729 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14730
14731 2. Routine Info
14732 ------------
14733 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14734 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14735 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14736 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14737 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14738 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14739 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14740 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14741 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14742 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14743
14744 3. Online IDL Help
14745 ---------------
14746
14747 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14748 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14749 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14750 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14751
14752 4. Completion
14753 ----------
14754 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14755 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14756 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14757 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14758 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14759 upper case.
14760
14761 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14762 --------------------------------
14763 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14764 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14765
14766 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14767 \\fu FUNCTION template
14768 \\c CASE statement template
14769 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14770 \\f FOR loop template
14771 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14772 \\w WHILE loop template
14773 \\i IF statement template
14774 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14775 \\b BEGIN
14776
14777 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14778 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14779
14780 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14781 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14782 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14783 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14784
14785 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14786 -------------------------
14787 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14788 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14789
14790 7. Automatic END completion
14791 ------------------------
14792 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14793 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14794
14795 8. Hooks
14796 -----
14797 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14798 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14799
14800 9. Documentation and Customization
14801 -------------------------------
14802 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14803 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14804 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14805 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14806 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14807 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14808
14809 10.Keybindings
14810 -----------
14811 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14812 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14813 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14814
14815 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14816
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14818
14819 ;;;***
14820 \f
14821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
14822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14823
14824 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14825 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14826 The following values are possible:
14827 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14828 displaying...)
14829 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14830 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14831 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14832
14833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14834 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14835
14836 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14839 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14840 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14841 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14842 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14843 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14844 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14845 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14846 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14847
14848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14849
14850 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14851 Switch to another buffer.
14852 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14853 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14854 in another frame.
14855
14856 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14857 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14858 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14859 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14860 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14861
14862 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14863 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14864
14865 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14866
14867 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14868 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14869 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14870 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14871 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14872 in a separate window.
14873 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14874 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14876 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14878 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14879 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14880 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14881 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14882
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14884
14885 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14887 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14889
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14893 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14894 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14900 Kill a buffer.
14901 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14907 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14908 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14910
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14914 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14915 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14917
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14921 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14922
14923 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14924
14925 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14926 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14927 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14928 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14929 in another frame.
14930
14931 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14932 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14933 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14934 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14935 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14936 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14937
14938 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14939 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14940
14941 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14942
14943 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14944 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14945 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14946 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14947 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14948 in a separate window.
14949 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14950 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14951 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14952 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14953 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14954 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14955 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14956 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14957 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14958 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14959 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14960 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14961 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14962 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14963 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14964 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14965 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14966 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14967
14968 \(fn)" t nil)
14969
14970 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14971 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14972 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14973 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14974
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14976
14977 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14978 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14979 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14980 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14981
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14983
14984 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14985 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14986 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14987 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14988
14989 \(fn)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14992 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14993 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14994 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14995
14996 \(fn)" t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14999 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15000 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15001 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15002
15003 \(fn)" t nil)
15004
15005 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15006 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15007 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15008 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15009
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15011
15012 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15013 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15014 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15015 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15016
15017 \(fn)" t nil)
15018
15019 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15020 Write current buffer to a file.
15021 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15022 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15023
15024 \(fn)" t nil)
15025
15026 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15027 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15028 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15029 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15030
15031 \(fn)" t nil)
15032
15033 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15034 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15035 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15036 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15037
15038 \(fn)" t nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15041 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15042 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15043 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15044 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15045 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15046
15047 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15048
15049 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15050 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15051 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15052 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15053
15054 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15055
15056 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15057 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15058 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15059 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15060
15061 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15064 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15065 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15066 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15067 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15068 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15069 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15070 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15071 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15072 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15073 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15074 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15075 with point positioned at the end.
15076 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15077 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15078
15079 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15080
15081 ;;;***
15082 \f
15083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
15084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15085
15086 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15087 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15088 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15089 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15090
15091 \(fn)" t nil)
15092
15093 ;;;***
15094 \f
15095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15097
15098 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15099
15100 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15101 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15105 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15106
15107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15108
15109 ;;;***
15110 \f
15111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22164 57534 735192 607000))
15112 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15113
15114 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15115 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15116 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15117 be determined.
15118
15119 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15120
15121 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15122 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15123 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15124 be determined.
15125
15126 \(fn)" nil nil)
15127
15128 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15129 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15130 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15131 be determined.
15132
15133 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15136 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15137 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15138 be determined.
15139
15140 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15141
15142 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15143 Determine and return image type.
15144 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15145 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15146 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15147 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15148 use its file extension as image type.
15149 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15150
15151 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15152
15153 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15154 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15155 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15156
15157 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15160 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15161 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15162
15163 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15164 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15165 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15166 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15167 must be available.
15168
15169 \(fn)" nil nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15172 Create an image.
15173 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15174 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15175 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15176 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15177 use its file extension as image type.
15178 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15179 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15180 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15181 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15182
15183 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15184
15185 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15186 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15187 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15188
15189 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15192 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15193 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15194 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15195 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15196 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15197 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15198 POS may be an integer or marker.
15199 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15200 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15201 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15202 means display it in the right marginal area.
15203
15204 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15205
15206 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15207 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15208 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15209 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15210 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15211 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15212 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15213 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15214 means display it in the right marginal area.
15215 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15216 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15217 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15218 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15219 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15220
15221 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15222
15223 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15224 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15225 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15226 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15227 STRING is a single space.
15228 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15229 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15230 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15231 means display it in the right marginal area.
15232 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15233
15234 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15237 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15238 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15239 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15240
15241 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15242
15243 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15244 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15245
15246 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15247
15248 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15249 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15250 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15251 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15252 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15253 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15254 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15255 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15256 satisfied.
15257
15258 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15259
15260 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15261
15262 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15265 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15266
15267 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15268 documentation string.
15269
15270 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15271 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15272 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15273 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15274 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15275 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15276 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15277 define SYMBOL.
15278
15279 Example:
15280
15281 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15282 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15283
15284 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15285
15286 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15287
15288 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15289 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15290 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15291 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15292
15293 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15294 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15295 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15296 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15297
15298 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15299
15300 \(fn)" nil nil)
15301
15302 ;;;***
15303 \f
15304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22164 57534
15305 ;;;;;; 731192 607000))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15307 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15308
15309 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15310 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15311 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15312 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15313 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15314 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15315
15316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15319 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15320
15321 Convenience command that:
15322
15323 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15324 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15325 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15326
15327 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15328 image files in dired and type
15329 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15330
15331 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15332
15333 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15334 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15335
15336 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15337
15338 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15339 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15340 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15341 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15342 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15343 another one).
15344
15345 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15346 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15347 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15348
15349 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15350 instead of erasing it first.
15351
15352 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15353 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15354 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15355 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15356 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15357 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15358
15359 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15360
15361 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15362 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15363 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15364 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15365 displayed.
15366
15367 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15368
15369 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15370
15371 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15372
15373 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15374 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15375
15376 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15379 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15380 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15381
15382 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15385 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15386
15387 \(fn)" t nil)
15388
15389 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15390 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15391 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15392 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15393
15394 \(fn)" t nil)
15395
15396 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15397 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15398
15399 \(fn)" t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15402 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15403
15404 \(fn)" t nil)
15405
15406 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15407 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15408
15409 \(fn)" t nil)
15410
15411 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15412 Display current image file.
15413 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15414 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15415
15416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15417
15418 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15419 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15420
15421 \(fn)" t nil)
15422
15423 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15424 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15425 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15426 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15427 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15428 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15429 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15430
15431 \(fn)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15434 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15435 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15436 easy-to-use form.
15437
15438 \(fn)" t nil)
15439
15440 ;;;***
15441 \f
15442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22164 57534 731192
15443 ;;;;;; 607000))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15445
15446 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15447 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15448 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15449 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15450
15451 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15452 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15453 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15454 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15455
15456 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15457
15458 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15459 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15460 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15461 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15462
15463 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15464 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15465 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15466 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15467
15468 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15469
15470 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15471 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15472
15473 \(fn)" nil nil)
15474
15475 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15476 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15477 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15478 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15479
15480 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15481
15482 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15483 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15484 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15487 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15488
15489 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15490
15491 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15492 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15493 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15494 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15495 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15496
15497 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15498 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15499 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15500
15501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15502
15503 ;;;***
15504 \f
15505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22189 60738 329741
15506 ;;;;;; 19000))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15508
15509 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15510 Major mode for image files.
15511 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15512 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15513
15514 Key bindings:
15515 \\{image-mode-map}
15516
15517 \(fn)" t nil)
15518
15519 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15520 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15521 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15522 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15523 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15524
15525 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15526 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15527 actual image.
15528
15529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15530
15531 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15532 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15533 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15534 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15535 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15536 to display an image file as the actual image.
15537
15538 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15539 to display an image file as text initially.
15540
15541 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15542 on these modes.
15543
15544 \(fn)" t nil)
15545
15546 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15547
15548
15549 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15550
15551 ;;;***
15552 \f
15553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22164 57534 735192 607000))
15554 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15555
15556 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15557 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15558
15559 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15560
15561 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15562 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15563 in the buffer.
15564
15565 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15566
15567 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15568 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15569 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15570
15571 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15572
15573 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15574 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15575 Each element of this list should have the form
15576
15577 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15578
15579 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15580 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15581 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15582 matches are put).
15583 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15584 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15585 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15586 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15587 another element.
15588 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15589 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15590 the menu item.
15591 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15592 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15593 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15594 the ARGUMENTS.
15595
15596 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15597 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15598 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15599
15600 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15601 create a buffer index.
15602
15603 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15604 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15605 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15606 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15607 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15608
15609 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15610
15611 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15612 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15613
15614 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15615 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15616 called within a `save-excursion'.
15617
15618 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15619
15620 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15621
15622 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15623 Function for finding the next index position.
15624
15625 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15626 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15627 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15628 file.
15629
15630 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15631 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15632
15633 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15634
15635 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15636 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15637
15638 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15639 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15640 It should return the name for that index item.")
15641
15642 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15643
15644 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15645 Function to compare string with index item.
15646
15647 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15648 non-nil if they match.
15649
15650 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15651 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15652 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15653 arguments match\".")
15654
15655 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15656
15657 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15658 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15659 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15660
15661 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15662 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15663
15664 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15665
15666 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15667
15668 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15669 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15670 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15671 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15672
15673 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15674
15675 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15676 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15677
15678 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15679
15680 \(fn)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15683 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15684 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15685 for more information.
15686
15687 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15688
15689 ;;;***
15690 \f
15691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22164 57534
15692 ;;;;;; 783192 607000))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15694
15695 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15696 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15697
15698 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15701
15702
15703 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15704
15705 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15706
15707
15708 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15709
15710 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15711
15712
15713 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15716 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15717
15718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15719
15720 ;;;***
15721 \f
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22164 57535
15723 ;;;;;; 491192 607000))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15725
15726 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15727 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15728 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15729 to that buffer.
15730 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15731 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15732 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15733 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15734
15735 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15736
15737 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15738
15739 ;;;***
15740 \f
15741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22164 57534 739192 607000))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15743
15744 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15745 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15746 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15747 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15748 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15749 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15750 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15751 first in this list.
15752
15753 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15754 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15755 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15756 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15757 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15758
15759 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15760 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15761 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15762
15763 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15764 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15765
15766 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15767 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15768
15769 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15770 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15771 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15772 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15773 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15774 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15775 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15776 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15777 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15778 with the top-level Info directory.
15779
15780 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15781 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15782
15783 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15784
15785 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15786 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15787 in all the directories in that path.
15788
15789 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15790
15791 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15792
15793 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15794 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15795
15796 \(fn)" t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15799 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15800
15801 \(fn)" t nil)
15802
15803 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15804 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15805 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15806 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15807
15808 \(fn)" nil nil)
15809
15810 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15811 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15812 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15813 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15814
15815 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15816
15817 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15818 Go to the Info directory node.
15819
15820 \(fn)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15823 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15824 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15825 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15826 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15827 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15828
15829 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15830
15831 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15832 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15833 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15834
15835 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15836
15837 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15838 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15839 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15840 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15841 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15842
15843 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15846 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15847 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15848 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15849 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15850
15851 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15852 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15853
15854 Selecting other nodes:
15855 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15856 Follow a node reference you click on.
15857 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15858 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15859 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15860 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15861 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15862 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15863 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15864 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15865 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15866 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15867 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15868 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15869 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15870 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15871 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15872 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15873 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15874 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15875 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15876 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15877
15878 Moving within a node:
15879 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15880 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15881 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15882 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15883 move up to the parent node.
15884 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15885 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15886 if there is none.
15887 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15888
15889 Advanced commands:
15890 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15891 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15892 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15893 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15894 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15895 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15896 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15897 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15898 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15899 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15900 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15901 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15902 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15903 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15904 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15905 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15906
15907 \(fn)" t nil)
15908 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15909
15910 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15911 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15912 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15913 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15914 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15915 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15916
15917 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15918 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15919
15920 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15921 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15922 KEY is a string.
15923 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15924 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15925 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15926 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15927
15928 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15929
15930 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15931 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15932 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15933
15934 \(fn)" t nil)
15935
15936 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15937 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15938 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15939
15940 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15941
15942 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15943 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15944 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15945 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15946 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15947 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15948
15949 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22164 57534 735192
15954 ;;;;;; 607000))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15956
15957 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15958 Throw away all cached data.
15959 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15960 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15961 system.
15962
15963 \(fn)" t nil)
15964 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15965
15966 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15967 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15968 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15969 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15970 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15971 one found at point.
15972
15973 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15974
15975 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15976 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15977
15978 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15979 Display the documentation of a file.
15980 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15981 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15982 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15983 The default file name is the one found at point.
15984
15985 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15986
15987 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15990 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15991
15992 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15995 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15996
15997 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15998
15999 ;;;***
16000 \f
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22164 57534 735192
16002 ;;;;;; 607000))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16004 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16005
16006 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16007 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16008 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16009 current info file is the default.
16010
16011 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16012 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16013 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16014 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16015 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16016
16017 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16018 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16019 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16020 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16021 mistake in the reference.
16022
16023 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16024 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16025 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16026
16027 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16028 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16029 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16030 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16031
16032 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16033
16034 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16035 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16036 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16037 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16038 checked.
16039
16040 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16041 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16042 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16043 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16044 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16045 should be harmless.
16046
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16050 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16051 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16052 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16053
16054 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16055 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16056 and can take a long time.
16057
16058 \(fn)" t nil)
16059
16060 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16061 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16062 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16063
16064 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16065
16066 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16067 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16068
16069 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16070 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16071 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16072 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16073 all builtins).
16074
16075 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16076 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16077 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16078 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16079 the sources handy.
16080
16081 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16082
16083 ;;;***
16084 \f
16085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22164 57534 739192
16086 ;;;;;; 607000))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16088
16089 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16090 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16091
16092 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16093
16094 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16095 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16096
16097 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16098
16099 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16100 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16101 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16102 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16103
16104 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16105 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16106 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16107
16108 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16109 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16110 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16111 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16112
16113 \(fn)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16116 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16117 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16118
16119 \(fn)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16122 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16123 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16124 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16125 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16126
16127 \(fn)" nil nil)
16128
16129 ;;;***
16130 \f
16131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22174 6972
16132 ;;;;;; 468792 520000))
16133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16134
16135 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16136
16137
16138 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16139
16140 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16141
16142 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16143
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22164 57533
16147 ;;;;;; 935192 607000))
16148 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16149 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16150
16151 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16152 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16153 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16154
16155 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16156
16157 ;;;***
16158 \f
16159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22164
16160 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16161 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16162
16163 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16164 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16165
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16169 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16170
16171 \(fn)" t nil)
16172
16173 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16174
16175
16176 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16177
16178 ;;;***
16179 \f
16180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22164 57534 763192
16181 ;;;;;; 607000))
16182 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16183 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16184
16185 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16186 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16187 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16188 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16189 accessed via isearchb.
16190
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16192
16193 ;;;***
16194 \f
16195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22164
16196 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16198
16199 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16200 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16201 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16202 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16203 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16204
16205 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16208 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16209 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16210 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16211 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16212
16213 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16214
16215 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16216 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16217 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16218 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16219 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16220
16221 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16224 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16225 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16226 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16227 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16228
16229 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16232 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16233 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16234 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16235 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16236
16237 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16240 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16241 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16242 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16243 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16244
16245 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16248 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16249 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16250 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16251 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16252
16253 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16254
16255 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16256 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16257 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16258 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16259
16260 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16261
16262 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16263 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16264 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16265 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16266
16267 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16268
16269 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16270 Warn that format is read-only.
16271
16272 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16273
16274 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16275 Warn that format is write-only.
16276
16277 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16281
16282 \(fn)" t nil)
16283
16284 ;;;***
16285 \f
16286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16287 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 743192 607000))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16289 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16290 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16291
16292 ;;;***
16293 \f
16294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22189 60739
16295 ;;;;;; 273741 19000))
16296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16297
16298 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16299
16300 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16301 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16302 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16303 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16304 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16305
16306 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16307
16308 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16309
16310 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16311 Key map for ispell menu.")
16312
16313 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16314 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16315 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16316 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16317
16318 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16319
16320 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16321
16322 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16323
16324 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16325
16326 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16327 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16328 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16329 Valid forms include:
16330 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16331 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16332 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16333 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16334
16335 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16336 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16337 First list is used raw.
16338 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16339
16340 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16341 for skipping in latex mode.")
16342
16343 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16344 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16345 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16346 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16347 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16348 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16349 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16350
16351 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16352 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16353 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16354 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16355
16356 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16357 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16358 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16359 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16360 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16361
16362 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16363 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16364
16365 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16366 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16367
16368 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16369 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16370
16371 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16372 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16373
16374 Return values:
16375 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16376 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16377 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16378 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16379 quit spell session exited.
16380
16381 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16384 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16385 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16386
16387 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16390 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16391
16392 Selections are:
16393
16394 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16395 SPC: Accept word this time.
16396 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16397 `a': Accept word for this session.
16398 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16399 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16400 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16401 `?': Show these commands.
16402 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16403 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16404 the aborted check to be completed later.
16405 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16406 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16407 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16408 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16409 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16410 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16411 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16412
16413 \(fn)" nil nil)
16414
16415 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16416 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16417 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16418 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16419
16420 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16421
16422 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16423 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16424 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16425 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16426
16427 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16428
16429 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16430
16431 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16432 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16433 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16434 amount for last line processed.
16435
16436 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16437
16438 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16439 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16440
16441 \(fn)" t nil)
16442
16443 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16444 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16445
16446 \(fn)" t nil)
16447
16448 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16449 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16450 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16451
16452 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16453
16454 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16455 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16456
16457 \(fn)" t nil)
16458
16459 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16460 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16461 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16462 sequence inside of a word.
16463
16464 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16465
16466 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16467
16468 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16469 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16470
16471 \(fn)" t nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16474 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16475 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16476 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16477
16478 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16479 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16480 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16481 available on the net.
16482
16483 \(fn)" t nil)
16484
16485 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16486 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16488 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16489 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16490
16491 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16492 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16493 spelled.
16494
16495 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16496 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16497 SPC.
16498
16499 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16500 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16501
16502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16503
16504 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16505 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16506 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16507 Don't check included messages.
16508
16509 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16510 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16511 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16512
16513 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16514 in your init file:
16515 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16516 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16517 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16518 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16519
16520 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16521 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16522 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16523
16524 \(fn)" t nil)
16525
16526 ;;;***
16527 \f
16528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22164
16529 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16531
16532 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16533
16534
16535 \(fn)" nil nil)
16536
16537 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16538 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16539 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16540 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16541 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16542 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16543 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16544 necessary to represent OBJ.
16545
16546 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16547
16548 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16549 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16550 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16551 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16552
16553 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16554
16555 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16556 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16557 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16558 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16559 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16560
16561 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16562
16563 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16564 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16565 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16566 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16567
16568 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16571 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16572 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16573 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16574
16575 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16576
16577 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16578 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16579
16580 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16581
16582 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16583 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16584 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16585 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16586 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16587
16588 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16591 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16592 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16593 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16594 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16595
16596 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16597
16598 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16599 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16600 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16601
16602 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16603
16604 ;;;***
16605 \f
16606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22164 57534 763192
16607 ;;;;;; 607000))
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16609
16610 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16611 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16612 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16613 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16614
16615 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16616
16617
16618 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16619
16620 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16621 Uninstall jka-compr.
16622 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16623 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16624 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16625
16626 \(fn)" nil nil)
16627
16628 ;;;***
16629 \f
16630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22164 57535 507192
16631 ;;;;;; 607000))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16633 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16634
16635 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16636 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16637
16638 \(fn)" t nil)
16639
16640 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16641 Major mode for editing JSX.
16642
16643 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16644 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16645 locally, like so:
16646
16647 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16648 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16649 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16650
16651 \(fn)" t nil)
16652 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16653
16654 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16655
16656 ;;;***
16657 \f
16658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22164 57534 763192 607000))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16660 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16661
16662 ;;;***
16663 \f
16664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22164 57534
16665 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16667
16668 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16669 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16670 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16671 decimal key must be specified.")
16672
16673 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16674
16675 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16676 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16677 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16678 decimal key must be specified.")
16679
16680 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16681
16682 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16683 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16684 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16685 decimal key must be specified.")
16686
16687 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16688
16689 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16690 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16691 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16692 decimal key must be specified.")
16693
16694 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16695
16696 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16697 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16698 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16699 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16700 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16701 keys are bound.
16702
16703 Setup Binding
16704 -------------------------------------------------------------
16705 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16706 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16707 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16708 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16709 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16710 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16711 in the global and local keymaps.
16712
16713 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16714 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16715
16716 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16717
16718 ;;;***
16719 \f
16720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22164
16721 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16723
16724 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16725 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16726 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16727
16728 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16729 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16730 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16731 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16732 shorter.
16733
16734 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16735 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16736 the context of text formatting.
16737
16738 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22164 57534 747192
16743 ;;;;;; 607000))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16745
16746 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16747 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16748 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16749 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16750 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16751 positions that contains the current selection.")
16752
16753 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16754 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16755 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16756 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16757 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16758 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16759 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16760
16761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22164 57534 767192 607000))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16767 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16768 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16769 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16770 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16771 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16772 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16773 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16774
16775 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16776 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16777 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16778
16779 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16780
16781 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16782 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16783 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16784 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16785 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16786
16787 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16788
16789 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16790 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16791 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16792
16793 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16794 defining the macro.
16795
16796 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16797 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16798 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16799
16800 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16801 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16802
16803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16804
16805 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16806 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16807 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16808 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16809 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16810 under that name.
16811
16812 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16813 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16814 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16815
16816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16817
16818 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16819 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16820 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16821 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16822
16823 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16824 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16825 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16826 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16827
16828 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16829 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16830
16831 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16832
16833 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16834 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16835 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16836
16837 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16838 macro.
16839
16840 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16841 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16842
16843 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16844 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16845 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16846
16847 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16848 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16849
16850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16851
16852 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16853 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16854 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16855 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16856
16857 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16858
16859 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16860 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16861 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16862 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16863
16864 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16865 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16866
16867 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16868
16869 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16870 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16871 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16872
16873 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16874
16875 ;;;***
16876 \f
16877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22164
16878 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16880
16881 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16882 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16883 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16884
16885 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16886
16887
16888 \(fn)" nil nil)
16889
16890 ;;;***
16891 \f
16892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22164 57534
16893 ;;;;;; 787192 607000))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16895
16896 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16897
16898
16899 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16900
16901 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16902 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16903 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16904 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16905 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16906 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16907
16908 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16909 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16910
16911 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16912
16913 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16914 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16915
16916 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16917
16918 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16919
16920
16921 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16922
16923 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16924
16925
16926 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16927
16928 ;;;***
16929 \f
16930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22164
16931 ;;;;;; 57534 747192 607000))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16933
16934 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16935 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16936 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16937 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16938
16939 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16940
16941 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16942 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16943 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16944
16945 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16946
16947 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16948 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16949 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16950
16951 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16952
16953 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16954 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16955 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16956 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16957
16958 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16959
16960 ;;;***
16961 \f
16962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16963 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 747192 607000))
16964 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16965
16966 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16967 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16968 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16969 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16970 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16971 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16972 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16973 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16974
16975 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16976 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16977
16978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16979 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16980
16981 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16982
16983 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16984 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16985 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16986 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16987 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16988 `latin1-display-setup'.
16989
16990 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16991
16992 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16993 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16994 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16995 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16996
16997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16998 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16999
17000 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17001
17002 ;;;***
17003 \f
17004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22164
17005 ;;;;;; 57535 507192 607000))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17007
17008 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17009 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17010
17011 \(fn)" t nil)
17012
17013 ;;;***
17014 \f
17015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22164
17016 ;;;;;; 57534 183192 607000))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17018 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17019
17020 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17021 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17022 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17023 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17024
17025 For instance, the following code
17026
17027 (let-alist alist
17028 (if (and .title .body)
17029 .body
17030 .site
17031 .site.contents))
17032
17033 essentially expands to
17034
17035 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17036 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17037 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17038 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17039 (if (and .title .body)
17040 .body
17041 .site
17042 .site.contents))
17043
17044 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17045 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17046 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17047 displayed in the example above.
17048
17049 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17050
17051 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17052
17053 ;;;***
17054 \f
17055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17057
17058 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17059 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17060 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17061 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17062 generations (this defaults to 1).
17063
17064 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17065
17066 ;;;***
17067 \f
17068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22164 57534 799192 607000))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17070 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17071
17072 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17073 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17075 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17076 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17077
17078 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17079
17080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17081
17082 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17083 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17084 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17087 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17088
17089 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17090
17091 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17092 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17093 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17094 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17095 ARG is omitted or nil.
17096
17097 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17098 `linum-on' would do it.
17099 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17100
17101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17102
17103 ;;;***
17104 \f
17105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22164 57534 799192
17106 ;;;;;; 607000))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17108
17109 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17110 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17111 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17112 is nil, raise an error.
17113
17114 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17115 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17116 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17117 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17118 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17119 defined by the library.
17120
17121 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17122 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17123 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17124 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17125 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17126 proceeds.
17127
17128 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17129 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17130 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17131 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17132
17133 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17134
17135 ;;;***
17136 \f
17137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17138 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17139
17140 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17141 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17142 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17143
17144 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17145
17146 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17147 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17148 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17149 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17150
17151 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17152 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17153 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17154 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17155 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17156 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17157 the version.)
17158
17159 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17160 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17161
17162 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17163 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17164
17165 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17166 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17167
17168 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17171 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17172 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17173 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17174 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17175 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17176 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17177 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17178 to constrain a big search.
17179
17180 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17181
17182 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17183 except that FILTER is not optional.
17184
17185 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17186
17187 ;;;***
17188 \f
17189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22164 57535 859192
17190 ;;;;;; 607000))
17191 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17192
17193 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17194 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17195 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17196 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17197 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17198 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17199 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17200 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17201 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17202 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17203
17204 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17205 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17206 associated values:
17207 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17208 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17209 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17210 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17211 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17212
17213 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17214 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17215 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17216
17217 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17218
17219 ;;;***
17220 \f
17221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22164 57535 859192
17222 ;;;;;; 607000))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17224
17225 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17226 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17227
17228 \(fn)" t nil)
17229
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17234
17235 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17236 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17237
17238 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17239 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17240
17241 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17242 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17243 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17244
17245 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17246 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17247
17248 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17249 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17250 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17251 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17252 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17253 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17254 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17255
17256 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17257
17258 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17259 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17260 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17261 switch on this list.
17262 See `lpr-command'.")
17263
17264 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17265
17266 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17267 Name of program for printing a file.
17268
17269 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17270 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17271 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17272 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17273 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17274 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17275 argument.")
17276
17277 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17278
17279 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17280 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17281 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17282 for customization of the printer command.
17283
17284 \(fn)" t nil)
17285
17286 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17287 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17288
17289 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17290 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17291 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17292 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17293
17294 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17295 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17296
17297 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17298 for further customization of the printer command.
17299
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17303 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17304 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17305 for customization of the printer command.
17306
17307 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17308
17309 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17310 Paginate and print the region contents.
17311
17312 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17313 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17314 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17315 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17316
17317 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17318 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17319
17320 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17321 for further customization of the printer command.
17322
17323 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17324
17325 ;;;***
17326 \f
17327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22164 57534 803192
17328 ;;;;;; 607000))
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17330
17331 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17332 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17333 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17334
17335 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17336
17337 ;;;***
17338 \f
17339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22164 57533 859192
17340 ;;;;;; 607000))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17342
17343 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17344 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17345 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17346 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17347
17348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17349
17350 ;;;***
17351 \f
17352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22164 57535
17353 ;;;;;; 507192 607000))
17354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17355
17356 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17357 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17358
17359 \(fn)" t nil)
17360
17361 ;;;***
17362 \f
17363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17365
17366 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17367 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17368 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17369 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17370 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17371
17372 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17373
17374 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17375 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17376 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17377 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17378 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17379
17380 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17381 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17382 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17383 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17384 bindings.
17385
17386 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17387 use this command, and then save the file.
17388
17389 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17390
17391 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17392 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17393 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17394 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17395 each time the macro executes.
17396 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17397 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17398 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17399 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17400 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17401 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17402 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17403
17404 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17405
17406 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17407 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17408 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17409 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17410
17411 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17412 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17413 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17414 execute.
17415
17416 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17417 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17418
17419 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17420 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17421 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17422 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17423 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17424
17425 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17426 looked like this:
17427
17428 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17429 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17430 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17431
17432 You could enter the names in this format:
17433
17434 foo
17435 bar
17436 baz
17437
17438 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17439
17440 \\C-x (
17441 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17442 \\C-x )
17443
17444 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17445 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17446
17447 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17448 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17449
17450 ;;;***
17451 \f
17452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22164 57534
17453 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17455
17456 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17457 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17458 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17459 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17460 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17461 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17462
17463 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17464 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17465 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17466 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17467 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17468
17469 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17470 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17471 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17472 consing a string.)
17473
17474 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17475
17476 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17477 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17478
17479 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17480
17481 ;;;***
17482 \f
17483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22164 57534
17484 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17485 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17486
17487 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17488 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17489
17490 \(fn)" nil nil)
17491
17492 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17493
17494
17495 \(fn)" nil nil)
17496
17497 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17498 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17499
17500 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17501
17502 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17503 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17504 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17505 message.
17506
17507 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17508
17509 \(fn)" nil nil)
17510
17511 ;;;***
17512 \f
17513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22164 57534
17514 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17516
17517 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17518 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17519 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17520 often correct parser.")
17521
17522 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17523
17524 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17525 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17526 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17527 a value which excludes your own email address.
17528
17529 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17530 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17531
17532 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17533
17534 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17535 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17536
17537 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17538
17539 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17540 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17541 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17542 we return it unconverted.
17543
17544 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17545 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17546
17547 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17550 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17551 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17552 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17553
17554 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17555
17556 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17557 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17558 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17559 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17560
17561 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17562
17563 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17564 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17565 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17566 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17567 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17568 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17569 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17570 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17571 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17572 as Rmail does.
17573
17574 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17575
17576 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17577 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17578 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17579 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17580 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17581 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17582 matches may be returned from the message body.
17583
17584 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17585
17586 ;;;***
17587 \f
17588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22164 57534
17589 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17591
17592 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17593 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17594 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17597 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17598
17599 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17600
17601 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17602 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17606
17607 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17608 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17609 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17610 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17611
17612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17615 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17616
17617 \(fn)" nil nil)
17618
17619 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17620 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17621 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17622
17623 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17624
17625 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17626 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17627 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17628
17629 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17630 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17631 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17632 double-quotes.
17633
17634 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17635
17636 ;;;***
17637 \f
17638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22164 57534
17639 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17641
17642 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17643 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17644 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17645 king@grassland.com
17646 If `parens', they look like:
17647 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17648 If `angles', they look like:
17649 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17650
17651 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17652
17653 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17654 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17655 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17656 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17657 their `Resent-' variants.
17658
17659 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17660 removed from alias expansions.
17661
17662 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17663
17664 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17665 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17666 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17667
17668 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17669 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17670 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17671 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17672
17673 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17674
17675 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17676 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17677 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17678
17679 \(fn)" nil nil)
17680
17681 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17682 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17683 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17684 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17685
17686 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17687
17688 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17689
17690 ;;;***
17691 \f
17692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22189 60738
17693 ;;;;;; 465741 19000))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17695
17696 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17697 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17698 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17699 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17700
17701 \(fn)" nil nil)
17702
17703 ;;;***
17704 \f
17705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22164
17706 ;;;;;; 57535 511192 607000))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17708
17709 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17711
17712 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17713 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17714 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17715 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17716 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17717 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17718
17719 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17720 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17721 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17722 dependency, despite the colon.
17723
17724 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17725
17726 In the browser, use the following keys:
17727
17728 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17729
17730 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17731
17732 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17733 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17734
17735 `makefile-target-colon':
17736 The string that gets appended to all target names
17737 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17738 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17739
17740 `makefile-macro-assign':
17741 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17742 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17743 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17744 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17745 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17746 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17747
17748 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17749 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17750 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17751
17752 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17753 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17754
17755 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17756 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17757 up or down in the browser.
17758
17759 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17760 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17761
17762 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17763 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17764
17765 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17766 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17767 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17768 has been selected in the browser.
17769
17770 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17771 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17772 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17773 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17774 filenames are omitted.
17775
17776 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17777 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17778 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17779 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17780 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17781 the backslash itself intact.
17782 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17783 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17784
17785 `makefile-browser-hook':
17786 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17787 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17788
17789 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17790 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17791 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17792 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17793
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17797 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17798
17799 \(fn)" t nil)
17800
17801 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17802 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17803
17804 \(fn)" t nil)
17805
17806 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17807 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17808
17809 \(fn)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17812 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17813
17814 \(fn)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17817 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17818
17819 \(fn)" t nil)
17820
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22164 57534 843192
17824 ;;;;;; 607000))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17826
17827 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17828 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17829 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17830
17831 \(fn)" t nil)
17832
17833 ;;;***
17834 \f
17835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22189 60738 469741 19000))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17837
17838 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17839
17840 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17841 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17842 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17843 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17844 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17845 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17846 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17847 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17848 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17849 without running the man command.
17850
17851 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17852 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17853 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17854
17855 cat(1)
17856 1 cat
17857
17858 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17859 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17860 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17861 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17862
17863 -a chmod
17864
17865 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17866 otherwise look like a page name.
17867
17868 /my/file/name.1.gz
17869 -l somefile.1
17870
17871 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17872 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17873 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17874
17875 -k pattern
17876
17877 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17878
17879 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17880 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17881
17882 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17883
17884 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17885 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17886
17887 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17888
17889 ;;;***
17890 \f
17891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22164 57534 199192
17892 ;;;;;; 607000))
17893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17894 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17895
17896 ;;;***
17897 \f
17898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22164 57534 847192 607000))
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17900 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17901
17902 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17903 Toggle Master mode.
17904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17907
17908 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17909 using the following commands:
17910
17911 \\{master-mode-map}
17912
17913 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17914 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17915 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17916
17917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17918
17919 ;;;***
17920 \f
17921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22164 57534 847192
17922 ;;;;;; 607000))
17923 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17924
17925 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17926 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17927 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17930 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17931
17932 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17933
17934 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17935 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17937 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17938 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17939
17940 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17941 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17942 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17943 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17944
17945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17946
17947 ;;;***
17948 \f
17949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22164 57534 847192 607000))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17951 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17952
17953 ;;;***
17954 \f
17955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22164 57534 631192
17956 ;;;;;; 607000))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17958
17959 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17960
17961 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17962 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17963 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17964 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17965 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17966 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17967 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17968 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17969 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17970 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17971 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17972 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17973 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17974 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17975 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17976 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17977 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17978 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17979 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17980 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17981 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17982 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17983 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17984 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17985 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17986 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17987 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17988 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17989 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17990 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17991 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17992 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17993 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17994 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17995 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17996 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17997 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17998 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17999
18000 \(fn)" t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18003 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18004 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18005 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18006 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18007
18008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18011 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18012
18013 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18016 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18017
18018 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18019
18020 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18021 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18022
18023 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18026 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18027 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18028
18029 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18032 Cancel an article you posted.
18033 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18034
18035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18038 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18039 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18040 header line with the old Message-ID.
18041
18042 \(fn)" t nil)
18043
18044 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18045 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18046
18047 \(fn)" t nil)
18048
18049 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18050 Forward the current message via mail.
18051 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18052 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18053
18054 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18055
18056 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18057
18058
18059 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18060
18061 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18062
18063
18064 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18065
18066 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18067 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18068
18069 \(fn)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18072 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18073
18074 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18075
18076 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18077 Re-mail the current message.
18078 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18079 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18080 you.
18081
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18085 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18086
18087 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18088
18089 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18090 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18091
18092 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18093
18094 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18095 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18096
18097 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18098
18099 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18100 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18101
18102 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18103
18104 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18105 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18106 Works by overstriking characters.
18107 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18108 which specify the range to operate on.
18109
18110 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18113 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18114 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18115 which specify the range to operate on.
18116
18117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18118
18119 ;;;***
18120 \f
18121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22164
18122 ;;;;;; 57535 511192 607000))
18123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18124 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18125
18126 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18127 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18128
18129 \(fn)" t nil)
18130
18131 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18132 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18133
18134 \(fn)" t nil)
18135
18136 ;;;***
18137 \f
18138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22164 57534
18139 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18141
18142 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18143 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18144 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18145
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18147
18148 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18149 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18150 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18151 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18152 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18153 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18154 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18155
18156 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18157
18158 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18159 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18160 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18161 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18162 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18163 means current).
18164 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18165 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18166
18167 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18170 Process current region through `metamail'.
18171 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18172 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18173 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18174 means current).
18175 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18176 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18177
18178 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18179
18180 ;;;***
18181 \f
18182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22164 57534 871192
18183 ;;;;;; 607000))
18184 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18185
18186 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18187 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18188 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18189
18190 \(fn)" t nil)
18191
18192 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18193 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18194 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18195
18196 \(fn)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18199 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18200
18201 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18202 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18203 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18204
18205 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18206 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18207
18208 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18209 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18210
18211 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18212
18213 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18214
18215 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18216 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18217 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18218 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18219 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18220 as `compose-mail'.
18221
18222 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18223 initial Subject field, respectively.
18224
18225 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18226 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18227 are strings.
18228
18229 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18230 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18231
18232 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18233
18234 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18235 Save draft and send message.
18236
18237 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18238 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18239 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18240 Mail Delivery*\".
18241
18242 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18243 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18244 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18245
18246 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18247 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18248 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18249 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18250 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18251 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18252
18253 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18254 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18255
18256 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18257 message and scan line.
18258
18259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18262 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18263
18264 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18265 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18266 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18267 delete the draft message.
18268
18269 \(fn)" t nil)
18270
18271 ;;;***
18272 \f
18273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22172 51646 865679 83000))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18275 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18276
18277 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18278
18279 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18280
18281 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18282
18283 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18284 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18285
18286 \(fn)" t nil)
18287
18288 ;;;***
18289 \f
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22164 57534
18291 ;;;;;; 875192 607000))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18293
18294 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18295 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18296 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18297
18298 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18299 the MH mail system.
18300
18301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18302
18303 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18304 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18305 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18306
18307 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18308 the MH mail system.
18309
18310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18311
18312 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18313 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18314
18315 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18316 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18317 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18318 separate command.
18319
18320 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18321 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18322 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18323 format.
18324
18325 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18326
18327 Ranges
18328 ======
18329 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18330 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18331 can be used in several ways.
18332
18333 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18334 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18335 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18336 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18337 page):
18338
18339 <num1>-<num2>
18340 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18341 The range must be nonempty.
18342
18343 <num>:N
18344 <num>:+N
18345 <num>:-N
18346 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18347 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18348 last.
18349
18350 first:N
18351 prev:N
18352 next:N
18353 last:N
18354 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18355
18356 all
18357 All of the messages.
18358
18359 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18360 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18361
18362 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18363 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18364 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18365
18366 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18367
18368 \(fn)" t nil)
18369
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22164 57534 883192
18373 ;;;;;; 607000))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18375
18376 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18377 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18378 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18381 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18382
18383 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18386 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18387
18388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18389
18390 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18391 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18392 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18393 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18394 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18395 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18396 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18397 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18398 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18399 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18400 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18401
18402 \(fn)" t nil)
18403
18404 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18405 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18406 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18407 to its second argument TM.
18408
18409 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18410
18411 ;;;***
18412 \f
18413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22164 57534
18414 ;;;;;; 883192 607000))
18415 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18416
18417 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18418 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18419 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18422 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18423
18424 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18427 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18429 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18430 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18431
18432 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18433 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18434 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18435 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18436 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18437 is modified to remove the default indication.
18438
18439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18440
18441 ;;;***
18442 \f
18443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22164 57534 895192 607000))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18445
18446 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18447 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18448 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18449 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18450 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18451 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18452 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18453 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18454 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18455
18456 \(fn)" t nil)
18457
18458 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18459 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18460 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18461 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18462 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18463 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18464 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18465 The return value is always nil.
18466
18467 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22164 57534 895192
18472 ;;;;;; 607000))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18474 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18475
18476 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18477 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18478
18479 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18480 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18481 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18482 next occurrence.
18483
18484 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18485 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18486 end of the search space).
18487
18488 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18489 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18490 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18491 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18492 should return the previous buffer to search.
18493
18494 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18495 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18496 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18497
18498 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18499 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18500 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18501 Isearch starts.")
18502
18503 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18504 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18505 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18506
18507 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18508 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18509 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18510
18511 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18512 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18513
18514 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18515 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18516 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18517
18518 \(fn)" nil nil)
18519
18520 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18521 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18522 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18523 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18524 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18525 whose names match the specified regexp.
18526
18527 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18528
18529 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18530 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18531 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18532 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18533 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18534 whose names match the specified regexp.
18535
18536 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18539 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18540 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18541 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18542 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18543 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18544 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18545
18546 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18547
18548 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18549 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18550 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18551 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18552 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18553 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18554 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18555
18556 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18557
18558 ;;;***
18559 \f
18560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22164
18561 ;;;;;; 57535 511192 607000))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18563 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18564
18565 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18566 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18567
18568 \(fn)" t nil)
18569
18570 ;;;***
18571 \f
18572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22164 57534
18573 ;;;;;; 635192 607000))
18574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18575
18576 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18577 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18578
18579 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18580
18581 ;;;***
18582 \f
18583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22164 57534
18584 ;;;;;; 635192 607000))
18585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18586
18587 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18588 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18589
18590 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18591
18592 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18593 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18594 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18595 the entire message.
18596 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18597
18598 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18599
18600 ;;;***
18601 \f
18602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22164 57534
18603 ;;;;;; 635192 607000))
18604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18605
18606 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18607 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18608 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18609 the entire message.
18610 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18611
18612 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18613
18614 ;;;***
18615 \f
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22164 57534 635192
18617 ;;;;;; 607000))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18619
18620 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18621 Insert file contents of URL.
18622 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18623
18624 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18627 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18628
18629 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22164 57534 639192
18634 ;;;;;; 607000))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18636
18637 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18638 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18639 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18640 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18641 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18642
18643 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18646 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18647 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18648
18649 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18650
18651 ;;;***
18652 \f
18653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22164 57534 643192 607000))
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18655
18656 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18657 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18658
18659 \(fn)" nil nil)
18660
18661 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18662 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18663 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18664 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18665 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18666
18667 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18668 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18669 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18670 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18671 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18672 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18673
18674 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18675
18676 ;;;***
18677 \f
18678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22174 6972 604792
18679 ;;;;;; 520000))
18680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18681
18682 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18683
18684
18685 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18688
18689
18690 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18691
18692 ;;;***
18693 \f
18694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22174 6972 604792
18695 ;;;;;; 520000))
18696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18697
18698 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18699
18700
18701 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18704
18705
18706 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18709
18710
18711 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18712
18713 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18714
18715
18716 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18717
18718 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18719
18720
18721 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18724
18725
18726 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18729
18730
18731 \(fn)" nil nil)
18732
18733 ;;;***
18734 \f
18735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22189 60738
18736 ;;;;;; 45741 19000))
18737 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18738
18739 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18740
18741 ;;;***
18742 \f
18743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18744 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18746
18747 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18748
18749 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18750 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18751 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18752 followed by the first character of the construct.
18753 \\<m2-mode-map>
18754 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18755 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18756 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18757 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18758 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18759 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18760 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18761 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18762 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18763 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18764 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18765 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18766 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18767 \\[m2-link] link
18768
18769 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18770 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18771 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18772
18773 \(fn)" t nil)
18774
18775 ;;;***
18776 \f
18777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22164 57535 303192
18778 ;;;;;; 607000))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18780
18781 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18782 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18783
18784 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18785
18786 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18787 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18788
18789 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18792 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18793
18794 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18795
18796 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18797 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18798
18799 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18800
18801 ;;;***
18802 \f
18803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22164 57534 895192
18804 ;;;;;; 607000))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18806
18807 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18808 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18809
18810 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18811 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18812 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18813
18814 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18815 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18816 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18817
18818 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18819 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18820
18821 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18822 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18823 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18824 hemisphere you're in.)
18825
18826 To test this function, evaluate:
18827 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18828
18829 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18832 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18833
18834 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18835 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18836
18837 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18838 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18839 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18840
18841 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18842 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18843
18844 To test this function, evaluate:
18845 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18846
18847 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18848
18849 ;;;***
18850 \f
18851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22164 57534 911192 607000))
18852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18853
18854 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18855 Main entry point for MPC.
18856
18857 \(fn)" t nil)
18858
18859 ;;;***
18860 \f
18861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18863
18864 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18865 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 ;;;***
18870 \f
18871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22164 57534 911192 607000))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18873
18874 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18875 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18876 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18879 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18880
18881 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18882
18883 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18884 Toggle Msb mode.
18885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18886 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18887 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18888
18889 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18890 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18891
18892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18893
18894 ;;;***
18895 \f
18896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22164
18897 ;;;;;; 57534 751192 607000))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18899
18900 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18901 Display a list of all character sets.
18902
18903 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18904 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18905 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18906 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18907 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18908
18909 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18910 but still shows the full information.
18911
18912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18915 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18916 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18917
18918 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18919 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18920 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18921 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18922 meanings of these arguments.
18923
18924 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18927 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18928
18929 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18932 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18933
18934 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18935
18936 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18937 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18938
18939 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18942 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18943
18944 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18945 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18946 in place of `..':
18947 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18948 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18949 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18950 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18951 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18952 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18953 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18954 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18955 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18956 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18957 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18958 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18959 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18960 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18961 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18962 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18963
18964 \(fn)" t nil)
18965
18966 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18967 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18968
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18972 Display a list of all coding systems.
18973 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18974
18975 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18976 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18977
18978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18979
18980 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18981 Display a list of all coding categories.
18982
18983 \(fn)" nil nil)
18984
18985 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18986 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18987 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18988
18989 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18992 Display information about FONTSET.
18993 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18994
18995 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18996
18997 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18998 Display a list of all fontsets.
18999 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19000 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19001 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19002
19003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19006 Display information about all input methods.
19007
19008 \(fn)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19011 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19012
19013 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19014 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19015 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19016 system which uses fontsets).
19017
19018 \(fn)" t nil)
19019
19020 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19021 Show log of font listing and opening.
19022 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19023 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19024
19025 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19026
19027 ;;;***
19028 \f
19029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22174
19030 ;;;;;; 6972 628792 520000))
19031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19032
19033 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19034 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19035
19036 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19037 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19038
19039 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19040 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19041
19042 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19043
19044 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19045 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19046 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19047 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19048 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19049 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19050 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19051
19052 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19053 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19054 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19055 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19056 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19057 middle of a character in STR.
19058
19059 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19060 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19061
19062 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19063 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19064 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19065 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19066 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19067
19068 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19069
19070 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19071 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19072
19073 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19074 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19075 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19076
19077 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19078 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19079 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19080
19081 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19082 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19083 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19084 are considered.
19085 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19086 longer than KEYSEQ.
19087 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19088
19089 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19090
19091 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19092 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19093 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19094 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19095 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19096 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19097 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19098 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19099 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19100 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19101 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19102
19103 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19104
19105 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19106 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19107
19108 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19109
19110 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19111 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19112
19113 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19114
19115 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19116 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19117
19118 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19119
19120 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19121 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19122
19123 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19124
19125 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19126 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19127 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19128 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19129 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19130
19131 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19132 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19133
19134 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19135 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19136 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19137 coding systems ordered by priority.
19138
19139 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19140
19141 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19142
19143 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19144 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19145 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19146 language environment LANG-ENV.
19147
19148 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19149
19150 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19151 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19152 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19153 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19154 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19155 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19156
19157 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19158
19159 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19160 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19161 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19162 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19163 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19164 QUALITY can be:
19165 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19166 excessive work.
19167 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19168 part of the file/buffer.
19169 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19170
19171 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19172
19173 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19174 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19175 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19176 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19177 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19178 QUALITY can be:
19179 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19180 excessive work.
19181 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19182 part of the file/buffer.
19183 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19184
19185 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19186
19187 ;;;***
19188 \f
19189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22164 57534
19190 ;;;;;; 931192 607000))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19192
19193 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19194 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19195
19196 \(fn)" t nil)
19197
19198 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19199 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19200
19201 \(fn)" t nil)
19202
19203 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19204 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19205
19206 \(fn)" t nil)
19207
19208 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19209 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19210
19211 \(fn)" t nil)
19212
19213 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19214 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19215
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19217
19218 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19219 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19220
19221 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19222
19223 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19224 Ping HOST.
19225 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19226 `ping-program-options'.
19227
19228 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19229
19230 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19231 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19232
19233 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19234
19235 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19236 Run nslookup program.
19237
19238 \(fn)" t nil)
19239
19240 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19241 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19242
19243 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19244
19245 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19246 Run dig program.
19247
19248 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19249
19250 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19251 Run ftp program.
19252
19253 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19254
19255 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19256 Finger USER on HOST.
19257
19258 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19259
19260 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19261 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19262 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19263 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19264
19265 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19268
19269
19270 \(fn)" t nil)
19271
19272 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19273 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19274
19275 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19276
19277 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19278 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19279
19280 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22164 57534 931192
19285 ;;;;;; 607000))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19287
19288 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19289 Return a user name/password pair.
19290 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19291 listed in the PORTS list.
19292
19293 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19294
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22164
19298 ;;;;;; 57534 935192 607000))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19300
19301 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19302 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19303 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19304 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19305 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19306 closes it.
19307
19308 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19309 make it unique.
19310 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19311 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19312 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19313 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19314 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19315 a port number to connect to.
19316
19317 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19318 values:
19319
19320 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19321 nil or `network'
19322 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19323 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19324 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19325 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19326 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19327 an unencrypted connection.
19328 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19329 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19330 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19331 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19332 returned object is a killed process.
19333 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19334 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19335 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19336
19337 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19338 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19339 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19340 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19341 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19342 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19343 or nil if none could be found.
19344 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19345 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19346
19347 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19348
19349 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19350 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19351 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19352
19353 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19354 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19355 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19356
19357 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19358 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19359 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19360
19361 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19362 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19363 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19364 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19365
19366 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19367 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19368
19369 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19370 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19371 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19372 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19373 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19374 or STARTTLS connections.
19375
19376 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19377 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19378
19379 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19380 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19381
19382 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19383 a greeting from the server.
19384
19385 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19386 asynchronously, if possible.
19387
19388 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19389
19390 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19391
19392 ;;;***
19393 \f
19394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22164
19395 ;;;;;; 57534 939192 607000))
19396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19397
19398 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19399 Check whether newsticker is running.
19400 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19401 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19402
19403 \(fn)" nil nil)
19404
19405 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19406 Start the newsticker.
19407 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19408 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19409 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19410 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19411
19412 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19413
19414 ;;;***
19415 \f
19416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19417 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 939192 607000))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19419
19420 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19421 Start newsticker plainview.
19422
19423 \(fn)" t nil)
19424
19425 ;;;***
19426 \f
19427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22174
19428 ;;;;;; 6972 660792 520000))
19429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19430
19431 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19432 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19433
19434 \(fn)" t nil)
19435
19436 ;;;***
19437 \f
19438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22164
19439 ;;;;;; 57534 939192 607000))
19440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19441
19442 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19443 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19444 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19445 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19446 empty.
19447
19448 \(fn)" nil nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19451 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19452 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19453 running already.
19454
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19456
19457 ;;;***
19458 \f
19459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22174
19460 ;;;;;; 6972 680792 520000))
19461 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19462
19463 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19464 Start newsticker treeview.
19465
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19467
19468 ;;;***
19469 \f
19470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22164 57534 647192
19471 ;;;;;; 607000))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19473
19474 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19475 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19476
19477 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19478
19479 ;;;***
19480 \f
19481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22164 57534 659192
19482 ;;;;;; 607000))
19483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19484
19485 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19486 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19487 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19488 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19489 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19490 symbol in the alist.
19491
19492 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19493
19494 ;;;***
19495 \f
19496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22164 57534
19497 ;;;;;; 659192 607000))
19498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19499
19500 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19501 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19502 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19503
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19505
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22164 57534 683192 607000))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19510
19511 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19512 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19513
19514 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19515
19516 ;;;***
19517 \f
19518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22164 57535 35192 607000))
19519 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19520
19521 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19522
19523 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19524 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19525 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19526
19527 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19528
19529
19530 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19531
19532 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19533 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19534 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19535 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19536 to future sessions.
19537
19538 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19539
19540 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19541 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19542 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19543 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19544 future sessions.
19545
19546 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22164
19551 ;;;;;; 57535 807192 607000))
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19553
19554 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19555 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19556 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19557 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19558 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19559 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19560
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19562
19563 ;;;***
19564 \f
19565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22164 57534 955192 607000))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19567 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19568
19569 ;;;***
19570 \f
19571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22171 30780
19572 ;;;;;; 156984 795000))
19573 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19574
19575 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19576 Major mode for editing XML.
19577
19578 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19579 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19580 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19581 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19582 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19583 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19584 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19585
19586 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19587
19588 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19589 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19590
19591 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19592 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19593 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19594 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19595 instead of C-c.
19596
19597 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19598 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19599 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19600 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19601 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19602 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19603
19604 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19605 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19606 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19607
19608 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19609 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19610 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19611
19612 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19613 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19614 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19615 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19616 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19617 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19618 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19619 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19620 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19621
19622 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19623
19624 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19625 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19626
19627 \(fn)" t nil)
19628 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19629
19630 ;;;***
19631 \f
19632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22164 57535
19633 ;;;;;; 515192 607000))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19635
19636 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19637 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19638
19639 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19640 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19641 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19642 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19643
19644 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19645
19646 Key bindings:
19647 \\{octave-mode-map}
19648
19649 \(fn)" t nil)
19650
19651 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19652 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19653 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19654
19655 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19656
19657 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19658 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19659
19660 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19661 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19662 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19663
19664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19665
19666 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19667
19668 ;;;***
19669 \f
19670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22164 57535
19671 ;;;;;; 527192 607000))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19673
19674 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19675
19676 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19677 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19678 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19679 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19680 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19681
19682 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19683
19684 Customization:
19685
19686 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19687 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19688 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19689 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19690 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19691 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19692 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19693 Directories to search when finding external units.
19694 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19695 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19696
19697 Coloring:
19698
19699 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19700 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19701
19702 \(fn)" t nil)
19703
19704 ;;;***
19705 \f
19706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22189 60738 961741 19000))
19707 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19710 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19711
19712 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19713
19714 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19715 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19716 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19717 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19718 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19719 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19720
19721 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19722
19723 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19724 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19725 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19726 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19727 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19728
19729 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19730
19731 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19732 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19733
19734 \(fn)" nil nil)
19735
19736 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19737 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19738
19739 \(fn)" nil nil)
19740
19741 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19742 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19743 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19744
19745 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19746 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19747 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19748 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19749 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19750 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19751 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19752 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19753 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19754 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19755
19756 The following commands are available:
19757
19758 \\{org-mode-map}
19759
19760 \(fn)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19763 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19764
19765 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19766 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19767 in special contexts.
19768
19769 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19770 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19771 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19772 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19773 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19774 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19775 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19776 properties in the buffer.
19777 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19778 including any drawers.
19779
19780 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19781
19782 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19783 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19784 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19785 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19786 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19787 and zoom in further.
19788 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19789 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19790
19791 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19792 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19793 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19794 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19795 times right after creating a new headline.
19796
19797 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19798 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19799 is negative, go up that many levels.
19800
19801 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19802 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19803 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19804
19805 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19806 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19807 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19808 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19809
19810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19811
19812 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19813 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19814 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19815 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19816
19817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19818 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19819
19820 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19821 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19822 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19823 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19824 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19825 defined by Org-mode).
19826
19827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19830 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19831
19832 \(fn)" nil nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19835 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19836
19837 \(fn)" nil nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19840 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19841 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19842 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19843 call CMD.
19844
19845 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19846
19847 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19848 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19849 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19850 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19851
19852 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19853 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19854 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19855
19856 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19857 part of Org's core.
19858
19859 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19860 active region.
19861
19862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19863
19864 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19865 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19866 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19867
19868 \(fn)" t nil)
19869
19870 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19871 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19872 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19873 Org-mode syntax.
19874
19875 \(fn)" t nil)
19876
19877 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19878 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19879
19880 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19883 Switch between Org buffers.
19884 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19885 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19886
19887 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19888 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19889
19890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19891
19892 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19893
19894 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19895
19896 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19897 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19898 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19899 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19900
19901 \(fn)" t nil)
19902
19903 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19904 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19905
19906 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19907
19908 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19909 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19910 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19911
19912 \(fn)" t nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19915 Reload all org lisp files.
19916 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19917
19918 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19919
19920 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19921 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19922
19923 \(fn)" t nil)
19924
19925 ;;;***
19926 \f
19927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22164 57535
19928 ;;;;;; 151192 607000))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19930
19931 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19932 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19933
19934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19935
19936 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19937 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19938 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19939 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19940
19941 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19942 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19943 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19944 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19945 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19946 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19947 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19948 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19949 e Export views to associated files.
19950 s Search entries for keywords.
19951 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19952 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19953 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19954 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19955 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19956 > Remove a previous restriction.
19957 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19958 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19959 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19960
19961 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19962 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19963 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19964
19965 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19966 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19967 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19968 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19969 \(if active).
19970
19971 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19974 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19975 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19976 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19977 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19978 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19979 before running the agenda command.
19980
19981 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19984 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19985 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19986 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19987 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19988 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19989 before running the agenda command.
19990
19991 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19992 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19993
19994 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19995
19996 category The category of the item
19997 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19998 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19999 todo selected in TODO match
20000 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20001 diary imported from diary
20002 deadline a deadline on given date
20003 scheduled scheduled on given date
20004 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20005 closed entry was closed on given date
20006 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20007 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20008 block entry has date block including g. date
20009 todo The todo keyword, if any
20010 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20011 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20012 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20013 extra Sting with extra planning info
20014 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20015 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20016 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20017
20018 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20019
20020 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20021 Store agenda views.
20022
20023 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20024
20025 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20026 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20027
20028 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20031 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20032 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20033 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20034
20035 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20036 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20037 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20038
20039 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20040 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20041
20042 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20043 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20044
20045 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20046
20047 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20048 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20049
20050 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20051 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20052 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20053 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20054 EDIT-AT.
20055
20056 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20057 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20058 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20059 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20060 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20061 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20062
20063 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20064 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20065 including newlines.
20066
20067 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20068 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20069 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20070 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20071 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20072 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20073 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20074
20075 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20076 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20077 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20078 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20079
20080 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20081 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20082 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20083 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20084 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20085 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20086 Boolean search must match as full words.
20087
20088 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20089 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20090
20091 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20092
20093 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20094 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20095 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20096 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20097 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20098 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20099
20100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20103 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20104 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20105
20106 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20107
20108 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20109 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20110 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20111 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20112 `org-stuck-projects'.
20113
20114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20115
20116 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20117 Return diary information from org files.
20118 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20119 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20120 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20121 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20122 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20123
20124 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20125
20126 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20127
20128 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20129 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20130
20131 &%%(org-diary)
20132
20133 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20134 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20135 So the example above may also be written as
20136
20137 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20138
20139 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20140 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20141 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20142
20143 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20144
20145 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20146 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20147
20148 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20149
20150 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20151 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20152 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20153 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20154 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20155
20156 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20157
20158 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20159 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20160 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20161
20162 \(fn)" t nil)
20163
20164 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20165 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20166 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20167 appointments.
20168
20169 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20170 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20171
20172 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20173 for filtering entries out.
20174
20175 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20176 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20177 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20178
20179 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20180 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20181
20182 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20183 (category \"Work\"))
20184
20185 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20186 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20187
20188 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20189 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20190 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20191 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20192 details and examples.
20193
20194 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20195 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20196
20197 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20198
20199 ;;;***
20200 \f
20201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22164 57535
20202 ;;;;;; 151192 607000))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20204
20205 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20206 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20207
20208 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20209
20210 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20211 Capture something.
20212 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20213 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20214 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20215 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20216 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20217 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20218
20219 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20220 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20221 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20222 stored.
20223
20224 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20225
20226 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20227 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20228 will be bypassed.
20229
20230 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20231 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20232 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20233 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20234
20235 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20238 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20239
20240 \(fn)" t nil)
20241
20242 ;;;***
20243 \f
20244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22164 57535
20245 ;;;;;; 155192 607000))
20246 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20247
20248 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20249 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20250
20251 \(fn)" t nil)
20252
20253 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20254
20255
20256 \(fn)" nil nil)
20257
20258 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20259 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20260 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20261
20262 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20263
20264 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20265 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20266
20267 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20268
20269 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20270 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20271
20272 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20273
20274 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20275 Write the column view table.
20276 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20277
20278 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20279 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20280 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20281 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20282 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20283 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20284 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20285 using `org-id-find'.
20286 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20287 a hline before each level <= that number.
20288 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20289 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20290 :skip-empty-rows
20291 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20292 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20293
20294 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20295
20296 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20297 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20298
20299 \(fn)" t nil)
20300
20301 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20302 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20303
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22164 57535
20309 ;;;;;; 155192 607000))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20311
20312 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20313 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20314
20315 \(fn)" nil t)
20316
20317 ;;;***
20318 \f
20319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22164 57535 163192
20320 ;;;;;; 607000))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20322
20323 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20324 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20325
20326 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20331 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20333
20334 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20335 The release version of org-mode.
20336 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20337
20338 \(fn)" nil nil)
20339
20340 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20341 The Git version of org-mode.
20342 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20343
20344 \(fn)" nil nil)
20345
20346 ;;;***
20347 \f
20348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22164 57535 255192
20349 ;;;;;; 607000))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20351 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20352 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20353
20354 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20355 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20356 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20357 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20358
20359 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20360 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20361 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20362 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20363
20364 \\{outline-mode-map}
20365 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20366 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20367 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20368 are used when point is on a heading line.
20369
20370 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20371 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20372 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20373
20374 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20375 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20376
20377 \(fn)" t nil)
20378
20379 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20380 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20381 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20382 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20383 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20384
20385 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20386
20387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20388 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20389
20390 ;;;***
20391 \f
20392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22189 60738
20393 ;;;;;; 165741 19000))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20395 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20396
20397 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20398 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20399 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20400 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20401 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20402
20403 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20404 activate the package system at any time.")
20405
20406 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20407
20408 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20409 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20410 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20411 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20412 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20413 it to the file.
20414 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20415 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20416 loading packages twice.
20417
20418 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20419
20420 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20421 Import keys from FILE.
20422
20423 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20424
20425 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20426 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20427 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20428 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20429 and make them available for download.
20430 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20431 downloads in the background.
20432
20433 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20436 Install the package PKG.
20437 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20438 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20439
20440 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20441 `package-selected-packages'.
20442
20443 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20444 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20445
20446 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20447
20448 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20449 Install a package from the current buffer.
20450 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20451 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20452 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20453
20454 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20455 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20456 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20457
20458 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20459
20460 \(fn)" t nil)
20461
20462 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20463 Install a package from a file.
20464 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20465 directory.
20466
20467 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20468
20469 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20470 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20471 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20472
20473 \(fn)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20476 Reinstall package PKG.
20477 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20478 object.
20479
20480 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20481
20482 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20483 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20484
20485 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20486 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20487 will be deleted.
20488
20489 \(fn)" t nil)
20490
20491 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20492 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20493
20494 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20495
20496 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20497 Display a list of packages.
20498 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20499 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20500 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20501
20502 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20503
20504 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20505
20506 ;;;***
20507 \f
20508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22164 57535 255192 607000))
20509 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20510
20511 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20512 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20513 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20514 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20515 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20516 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20517
20518 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20521 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20523 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20524 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20525
20526 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20527 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20528 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20529
20530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20531
20532 ;;;***
20533 \f
20534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22164
20535 ;;;;;; 57533 859192 607000))
20536 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20537 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20538
20539 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20540 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20541 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20542 unknown are returned as nil.
20543
20544 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20545
20546 ;;;***
20547 \f
20548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22164 57535
20549 ;;;;;; 535192 607000))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20551
20552 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20553 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20554 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20555
20556 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20557 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20558
20559 Other useful functions are:
20560
20561 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20562 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20563 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20564 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20565 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20566 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20567 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20568 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20569 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20570
20571 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20572
20573 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20574 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20575 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20576 Indentation for case statements.
20577 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20578 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20579 mark after an end.
20580 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20581 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20582 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20583 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20585 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20586 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20587 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20588 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20589 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20590
20591 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20592 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20593
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20595
20596 ;;;***
20597 \f
20598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22164
20599 ;;;;;; 57535 255192 607000))
20600 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20601
20602 (defvar password-cache t "\
20603 Whether to cache passwords.")
20604
20605 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20606
20607 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20608 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20609 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20610
20611 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20612
20613 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20614 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20615
20616 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20617
20618 ;;;***
20619 \f
20620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22189 60738
20621 ;;;;;; 177741 19000))
20622 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20623
20624 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20625 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20626 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20627
20628 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20629 of values. For example, the pattern `(,foo ,bar) matches any
20630 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20631 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20632
20633 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20634 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20635 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20636
20637 Another difference is that pattern elements may be backquoted,
20638 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20639 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20640 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20641 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20642 quoted).
20643
20644 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20645 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20646 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20647 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20648
20649 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20650
20651 _ matches anything.
20652 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20653 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20654 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20655 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20656 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20657 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20658 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20659 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20660 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20661 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20662 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20663 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20664
20665 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20666
20667 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20668 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20669 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20670 which is the value being matched.
20671 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20672 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20673
20674 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20675 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20676
20677 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20678
20679 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20680
20681 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20682 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20683
20684 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20685
20686 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20687
20688 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20689 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20690 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20691 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20692 variable name being but a special case of it).
20693
20694 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20695
20696 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20697
20698 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20699
20700 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20701 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20702 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20703 of the form (PAT EXP).
20704
20705 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20706
20707 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20708
20709 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20710 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20711 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20712 of the form (PAT EXP).
20713 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20714 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20715 any kind of error.
20716
20717 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20718
20719 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20720
20721 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20722
20723
20724 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20725
20726 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20727
20728 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20729 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20730 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20731 to this macro.
20732
20733 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20734
20735 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20736
20737 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20738
20739 ;;;***
20740 \f
20741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22164 57535 255192
20742 ;;;;;; 607000))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20744
20745 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20746 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20747
20748 \(fn)" nil nil)
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22164 57535 255192
20753 ;;;;;; 607000))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20755
20756 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20757 Completion for `gzip'.
20758
20759 \(fn)" nil nil)
20760
20761 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20762 Completion for `bzip2'.
20763
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20765
20766 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20767 Completion for GNU `make'.
20768
20769 \(fn)" nil nil)
20770
20771 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20772 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20773
20774 \(fn)" nil nil)
20775
20776 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20777
20778 ;;;***
20779 \f
20780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22164 57535
20781 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20783
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20785 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20786
20787 \(fn)" nil nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20790 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20791
20792 \(fn)" nil nil)
20793
20794 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20795 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20796
20797 \(fn)" nil nil)
20798
20799 ;;;***
20800 \f
20801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22164 57535 259192
20802 ;;;;;; 607000))
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20804
20805 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20806 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20807
20808 \(fn)" nil nil)
20809
20810 ;;;***
20811 \f
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22164 57535 259192
20813 ;;;;;; 607000))
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20815
20816 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20817 Completion for `cd'.
20818
20819 \(fn)" nil nil)
20820
20821 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20822
20823 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20824 Completion for `rmdir'.
20825
20826 \(fn)" nil nil)
20827
20828 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20829 Completion for `rm'.
20830
20831 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832
20833 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20834 Completion for `xargs'.
20835
20836 \(fn)" nil nil)
20837
20838 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20839
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20841 Completion for `which'.
20842
20843 \(fn)" nil nil)
20844
20845 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20846 Completion for the `chown' command.
20847
20848 \(fn)" nil nil)
20849
20850 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20851 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20852
20853 \(fn)" nil nil)
20854
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20856 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20857
20858 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20861 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20862 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20863
20864 \(fn)" nil nil)
20865
20866 ;;;***
20867 \f
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22164 57535 259192
20869 ;;;;;; 607000))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20871
20872 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20873 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20874
20875 \(fn)" nil nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20878 Completion for the `ack' command.
20879 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20880 long options.
20881
20882 \(fn)" nil nil)
20883
20884 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20885
20886 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20887 Completion for the `ag' command.
20888
20889 \(fn)" nil nil)
20890
20891 ;;;***
20892 \f
20893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22164 57535 259192
20894 ;;;;;; 607000))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20896
20897 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20898 Support extensible programmable completion.
20899 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20900 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20901
20902 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20905 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20906
20907 \(fn)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20910 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20911 This will modify the current buffer.
20912
20913 \(fn)" t nil)
20914
20915 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20916 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20917
20918 \(fn)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20921 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20922 This will modify the current buffer.
20923
20924 \(fn)" t nil)
20925
20926 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20927 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20928
20929 \(fn)" t nil)
20930
20931 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20932 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20933
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20937 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20938 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20939 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20940 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20941
20942 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20945 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20946
20947 \(fn)" nil nil)
20948
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22189 60739 309741 19000))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20953
20954 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20955 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20956 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20957 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20958
20959 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20960
20961 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20964 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20965 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20966 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20967 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20968 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20969 FLAGS is ignored.
20970
20971 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20974 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20975 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20976 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20977 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20978 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20979 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20980 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20981
20982 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20983
20984 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20985 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20986 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20987 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20988 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20989 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20990 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20991 passed to cvs.
20992
20993 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20996 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20997 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20998 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20999 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21000 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21001 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21002
21003 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21004
21005 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21006 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21007 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21008
21009 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21010
21011 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21012 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21013 A value of nil means never do it.
21014 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21015 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21016 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21017
21018 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21019
21020 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21021 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21022 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21023
21024 ;;;***
21025 \f
21026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22164 57535
21027 ;;;;;; 859192 607000))
21028 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21029
21030 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21031 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21032
21033 ;;;***
21034 \f
21035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22164
21036 ;;;;;; 57535 539192 607000))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21038 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21039 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21040 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21041 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21042 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21043 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21044
21045 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21046 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21047 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21048 Tab indents for Perl code.
21049 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21050 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21052 \\{perl-mode-map}
21053 Variables controlling indentation style:
21054 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21055 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21056 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21057 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21058 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21059 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21060 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21061 `perl-nochange'
21062 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21063 `perl-indent-level'
21064 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21065 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21066 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21067 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21068 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21069 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21070 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21071 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21072 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21073 `perl-brace-offset'
21074 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21075 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21076 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21077 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21078 `perl-label-offset'
21079 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21080 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21081 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21082
21083 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21084 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21085 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21086 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21087 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21088 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21089 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21090
21091 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21092
21093 \(fn)" t nil)
21094
21095 ;;;***
21096 \f
21097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22164 57535
21098 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
21099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21100
21101 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21102 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21103 \\<picture-mode-map>
21104 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21105 afterwards settable by these commands:
21106
21107 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21108 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21109 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21110 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21111
21112 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21113 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21114 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21115 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21116
21117 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21118 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21119 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21120 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21121
21122 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21123 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21124 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21125 with these commands:
21126
21127 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21128 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21129 Move to column following last
21130 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21131 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21132 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21133 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21134 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21135 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21136
21137 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21138
21139 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21140 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21141 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21142 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21143 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21144 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21145
21146 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21147 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21148 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21149 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21150 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21151 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21152 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21153
21154 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21155 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21156 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21157 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21158 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21159 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21160 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21161 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21162
21163 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21164 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21165 by supplying an argument.
21166
21167 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21168
21169 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21170 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21171
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21173
21174 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21175
21176 ;;;***
21177 \f
21178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22164 57534 955192
21179 ;;;;;; 607000))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21181 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21184 Start a Pinentry service.
21185
21186 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21187 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21188
21189 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21190 will not be shown.
21191
21192 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21193
21194 ;;;***
21195 \f
21196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22164 57534 691192
21197 ;;;;;; 607000))
21198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21199
21200 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21201 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21202
21203 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21206 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21207
21208 \(fn)" t nil)
21209
21210 ;;;***
21211 \f
21212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22164 57535 807192
21213 ;;;;;; 607000))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21215
21216 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21217 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21218 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21219
21220 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21221
21222 ;;;***
21223 \f
21224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
21225 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21226
21227 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21228 Play pong and waste time.
21229 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21230 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21231
21232 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21233
21234 \\{pong-mode-map}
21235
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21237
21238 ;;;***
21239 \f
21240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22164 57534 691192 607000))
21241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21242
21243 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21244 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21245 Use streaming commands.
21246
21247 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21248
21249 ;;;***
21250 \f
21251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22164 57534 207192
21252 ;;;;;; 607000))
21253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21254
21255 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21256 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21257 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21258 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21259
21260 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21263 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21264
21265 \(fn)" nil nil)
21266
21267 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21268 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21269 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21270 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21271 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21272
21273 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21274
21275 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21276 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21277 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21278
21279 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21282 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21283
21284 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21287 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21288 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21289 Ignores leading comment characters.
21290
21291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21294 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21295 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21296 Ignores leading comment characters.
21297
21298 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21299
21300 ;;;***
21301 \f
21302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22164 57535 315192
21303 ;;;;;; 607000))
21304 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21305 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21308 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21309
21310 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21311
21312 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21313
21314 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview directory using ghostview.
21318
21319 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21320 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21321 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21322 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21323
21324 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21325 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21326 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21327 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21328 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21329 file name.
21330
21331 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21332
21333 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21336 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21337
21338 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21339 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21340 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21341 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21342
21343 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21344 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21345 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21346 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21347 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21348 file name.
21349
21350 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21351
21352 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21355 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21356
21357 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21358 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21359 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21360 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21361
21362 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21363 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21364 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21365 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21366 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21367 file name.
21368
21369 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21370
21371 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21372
21373 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21374 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21375
21376 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21377
21378 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21379 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21380 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21381 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21382
21383 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21384 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21385 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21386 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21387 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21388 file name.
21389
21390 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21391
21392 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21395 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21396
21397 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21398 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21399 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21400
21401 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21402 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21403 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21404 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21405
21406 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21407
21408 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21409 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21410
21411 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21412 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21413 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21414
21415 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21416 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21417 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21418 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21419
21420 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21423 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21424
21425 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21426 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21427 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21428
21429 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21430 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21431 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21432 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21433
21434 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21437 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21438
21439 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21440
21441 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21442 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21443 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21444
21445 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21446 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21447 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21448 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21449
21450 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21451
21452 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21453 Preview region using ghostview.
21454
21455 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21456
21457 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21460 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21461
21462 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21463
21464 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21467 Print region using PostScript printer.
21468
21469 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21470
21471 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21472
21473 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21474 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21475
21476 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21477
21478 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21479
21480 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21481 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21482
21483 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21484
21485 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21488 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21489
21490 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21491
21492 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21495 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21496
21497 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21498
21499 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21502 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21503
21504 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21505
21506 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21507
21508 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21509 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21510 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21511 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21512
21513 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21514 matching.
21515
21516 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21517 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21518
21519 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21520
21521 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21522
21523 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21524 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21525 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21526 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21527
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21529
21530 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21531 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21532 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21533 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21534
21535 \(fn)" t nil)
21536
21537 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21538 Print directory using text printer.
21539
21540 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21541 matching.
21542
21543 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21544 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21545
21546 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21547
21548 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21549
21550 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21551 Print buffer using text printer.
21552
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21556 Print region using text printer.
21557
21558 \(fn)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21561 Print major mode using text printer.
21562
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21566 Preview spooled PostScript.
21567
21568 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21569 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21570 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21571
21572 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21573 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21574 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21575
21576 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21579 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21580
21581 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21582 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21583 instead of sending it to the printer.
21584
21585 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21586 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21587 image in a file with that name.
21588
21589 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21592 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21593
21594 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21595 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21596 instead of sending it to the printer.
21597
21598 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21599 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21600 image in a file with that name.
21601
21602 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21603
21604 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21605 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21606
21607 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21608 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21609 instead of sending it to the printer.
21610
21611 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21612 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21613 image in a file with that name.
21614
21615 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21616
21617 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21618 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21619
21620 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21623 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21624
21625 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21628 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21629
21630 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21633 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21634
21635 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21636
21637 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21638 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21639
21640 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21641
21642 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21643 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21644
21645 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21646 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21647 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21648 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21649
21650 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21651 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21652 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21653 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21654 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21655 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21656 file name.
21657
21658 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21659
21660 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21661 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21662
21663 \(fn)" t nil)
21664
21665 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21666 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21667
21668 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21669 right.
21670 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21671 bottom.
21672
21673 \(fn)" t nil)
21674
21675 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21676 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21677
21678 \(fn)" t nil)
21679
21680 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21681 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21682
21683 \(fn)" t nil)
21684
21685 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21686 Toggle printing with faces.
21687
21688 \(fn)" t nil)
21689
21690 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21691 Toggle spooling.
21692
21693 \(fn)" t nil)
21694
21695 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21696 Toggle duplex.
21697
21698 \(fn)" t nil)
21699
21700 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21701 Toggle tumble.
21702
21703 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21704 right.
21705 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21706 bottom.
21707
21708 \(fn)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21711 Toggle landscape.
21712
21713 \(fn)" t nil)
21714
21715 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21716 Toggle upside-down.
21717
21718 \(fn)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21721 Toggle line number.
21722
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21726 Toggle zebra stripes.
21727
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21731 Toggle printing header.
21732
21733 \(fn)" t nil)
21734
21735 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21736 Toggle printing header frame.
21737
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21741 Toggle menu lock.
21742
21743 \(fn)" t nil)
21744
21745 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21746 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21747
21748 \(fn)" t nil)
21749
21750 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21751 Toggle auto mode.
21752
21753 \(fn)" t nil)
21754
21755 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21756 Customization of the `printing' group.
21757
21758 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21761 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21762
21763 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21764
21765 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21766 Help for the printing package.
21767
21768 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21769
21770 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21771 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21772
21773 \(fn)" t nil)
21774
21775 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21776 Interactively select a text printer.
21777
21778 \(fn)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21781 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21782
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21784
21785 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21786 Show current ps-print settings.
21787
21788 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21789
21790 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21791 Show current printing settings.
21792
21793 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21796 Show current lpr settings.
21797
21798 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21799
21800 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21801 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21802
21803 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21804 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21805 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21806 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21807
21808
21809 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21810
21811 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21812 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21813 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21814
21815 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21816 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21817 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21818 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21819 current active printer.
21820
21821 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21822 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21823 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21824 printer.
21825
21826 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21827 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21828 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21829 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21830 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21831
21832
21833 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21834 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21835
21836 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21837
21838 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21839 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21840 be done using the new current active printer.
21841
21842 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21843 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21844 printer.
21845
21846 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21847 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21848 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21849 instead of sending it to the printer.
21850
21851 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21852 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21853 printer.
21854
21855 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21856
21857
21858 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21859 are both set to t.
21860
21861 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21862
21863 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21864 Fast fire function for text printing.
21865
21866 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21867 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21868 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21869 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21870
21871 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21872 user for a new active text printer.
21873
21874 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21875
21876 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21877
21878 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21879 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21880 printer.
21881
21882 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21883
21884 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21885 are both set to t.
21886
21887 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21888
21889 ;;;***
21890 \f
21891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22164 57535 315192 607000))
21892 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21893
21894 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21895 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21896 \\<proced-mode-map>
21897 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21898 the process information.
21899
21900 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21901
21902 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21903 Proced buffers.
21904
21905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21906
21907 ;;;***
21908 \f
21909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22164 57535 319192
21910 ;;;;;; 607000))
21911 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21912
21913 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21914 Start/restart profilers.
21915 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21916 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21917 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21918
21919 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21922 Open profile FILENAME.
21923
21924 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21925
21926 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21927 Open profile FILENAME.
21928
21929 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21930
21931 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21932 Open profile FILENAME.
21933
21934 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21935
21936 ;;;***
21937 \f
21938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22189 60739
21939 ;;;;;; 129741 19000))
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21941
21942 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21943 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21944 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21945 the user for a different directory to look in.
21946
21947 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21948
21949 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21950 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21951 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21952 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21953
21954 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21955
21956 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21957 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21958 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21959 pattern to search for.
21960
21961 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
21964 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
21965 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21966 recognized.
21967
21968 \(fn)" t nil)
21969
21970 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
21971 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
21972 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21973 recognized.
21974
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21976
21977 ;;;***
21978 \f
21979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22189 60739
21980 ;;;;;; 133741 19000))
21981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21982
21983 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21984 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21985
21986 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21987 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21988
21989 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21990
21991 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21992 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21993
21994 Commands:
21995 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21996
21997 \(fn)" t nil)
21998
21999 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22000 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22001 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22002
22003 \(fn)" t nil)
22004
22005 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22006 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22007 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22008
22009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22010
22011 ;;;***
22012 \f
22013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22164 57535 651192 607000))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22015
22016 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22017 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22018 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22019
22020 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22021
22022 ;;;***
22023 \f
22024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22164 57535
22025 ;;;;;; 543192 607000))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22027 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22028
22029 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22030 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22031
22032 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22033
22034 The following variables hold user options, and can
22035 be set through the `customize' command:
22036
22037 `ps-mode-tab'
22038 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22039 `ps-mode-print-function'
22040 `ps-run-prompt'
22041 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22042 `ps-run-x'
22043 `ps-run-dumb'
22044 `ps-run-init'
22045 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22046 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22047
22048 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22049
22050
22051 \\{ps-mode-map}
22052
22053
22054 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22055 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22056 The keymap for this second window is:
22057
22058 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22059
22060
22061 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22062 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22063 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22064 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22065 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22066
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22068
22069 ;;;***
22070 \f
22071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22164 57535 659192
22072 ;;;;;; 607000))
22073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22074 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22075
22076 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22077 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22078 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22079
22080 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22081
22082 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22083 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22084 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22085 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22086
22087 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22088
22089 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22090 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22091
22092 Valid values are:
22093
22094 nil Do not print colors.
22095
22096 t Print colors.
22097
22098 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22099 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22100
22101 Any other value is treated as t.")
22102
22103 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22104
22105 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22106 Customization of ps-print group.
22107
22108 \(fn)" t nil)
22109
22110 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22111 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22112
22113 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22114 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22115 sending it to the printer.
22116
22117 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22118 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22119 image in a file with that name.
22120
22121 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22122
22123 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22124 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22125 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22126 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22127 so it has a way to determine color values.
22128
22129 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22130
22131 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22132 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22133 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22134
22135 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22136
22137 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22138 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22139 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22140 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22141 so it has a way to determine color values.
22142
22143 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22144
22145 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22146 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22147 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22148 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22149
22150 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22151
22152 \(fn)" t nil)
22153
22154 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22155 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22156 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22157 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22158 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22159
22160 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22161
22162 \(fn)" t nil)
22163
22164 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22165 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22166 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22167
22168 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22169
22170 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22171
22172 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22173 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22174 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22175 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22176 so it has a way to determine color values.
22177
22178 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22179
22180 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22181
22182 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22183 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22184
22185 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22186 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22187 instead of sending it to the printer.
22188
22189 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22190 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22191 image in a file with that name.
22192
22193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22194
22195 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22196 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22197 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22198 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22199 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22200
22201 \(fn)" t nil)
22202
22203 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22204 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22205 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22206
22207 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22210 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22211 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22212
22213 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22214
22215 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22216 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22217
22218 \(fn)" nil nil)
22219
22220 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22221 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22222
22223 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22224 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22225
22226 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22227 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22228
22229 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22230
22231 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22232
22233 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22234
22235 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22236 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22237
22238 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22239 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22240
22241 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22242 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22243
22244 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22245
22246 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22247
22248 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22249
22250 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22251 foreground and background colors respectively.
22252
22253 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22254 bold - use bold font.
22255 italic - use italic font.
22256 underline - put a line under text.
22257 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22258 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22259 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22260 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22261 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22262
22263 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22264
22265 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22266
22267 ;;;***
22268 \f
22269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22164 57533 943192
22270 ;;;;;; 607000))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22272 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22273
22274 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22275 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22276 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22277
22278 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22279
22280 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22281 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22282 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22283
22284 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22285
22286 ;;;***
22287 \f
22288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22189 60739
22289 ;;;;;; 137741 19000))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22291 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22292
22293 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22294
22295 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22296
22297 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22298 Run an inferior Python process.
22299
22300 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22301 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22302 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22303 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22304 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22305
22306 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22307 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22308 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22309 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22310
22311 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22312 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22313 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22314
22315 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22316
22317 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22318 Major mode for editing Python files.
22319
22320 \\{python-mode-map}
22321
22322 \(fn)" t nil)
22323
22324 ;;;***
22325 \f
22326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22164 57534 691192 607000))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22328
22329 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22330 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22331 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22332 coding-system.
22333
22334 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22335 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22336
22337 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22338 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22339 them into characters should be done separately.
22340
22341 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22342
22343 ;;;***
22344 \f
22345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22189 60738
22346 ;;;;;; 377741 19000))
22347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22348
22349 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22350 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22351
22352 \(fn)" nil nil)
22353
22354 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22355 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22356 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22357
22358 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22359 `quail-activate', which see.
22360
22361 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22362
22363 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22364 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22365 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22366 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22367 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22368 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22369 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22370
22371 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22372 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22373 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22374 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22375 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22376 shown.
22377 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22378
22379 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22380 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22381 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22382 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22383 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22384 list of candidates.
22385
22386 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22387 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22388 command to be called.
22389
22390 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22391 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22392 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22393 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22394
22395 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22396 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22397 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22398 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22399 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22400 to t.
22401
22402 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22403 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22404 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22405 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22406
22407 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22408 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22409 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22410 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22411 defines no translations for single character keys.
22412
22413 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22414 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22415 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22416 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22417 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22418 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22419
22420 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22421 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22422 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22423 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22424 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22425 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22426
22427 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22428 covers Quail translation region.
22429
22430 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22431 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22432 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22433 for it) is inserted.
22434
22435 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22436 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22437 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22438
22439 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22440 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22441 non-Quail commands.
22442
22443 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22444
22445 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22446 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22447
22448 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22449 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22450 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22451 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22452 you type is correctly handled.
22453
22454 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22455
22456 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22457 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22458
22459 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22460 keyboard type.
22461
22462 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22465 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22466 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22467 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22468 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22469 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22470 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22471 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22472 for the translation.
22473 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22474
22475 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22476 it is used to handle KEY.
22477
22478 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22479 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22480 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22481 the following annotation types are supported.
22482
22483 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22484 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22485
22486 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22487 candidate list.
22488
22489 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22490 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22491 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22492 inserted.
22493
22494 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22495 generated for the following translations.
22496
22497 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22498
22499 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22500 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22501
22502 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22503 which to install MAP.
22504
22505 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22506
22507 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22510 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22511
22512 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22513 which to install MAP.
22514
22515 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22516
22517 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22518
22519 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22520 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22521 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22522 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22523 a function, or a cons.
22524 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22525 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22526 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22527 for the translation.
22528 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22529 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22530 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22531 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22532 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22533
22534 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22535 it is used to handle KEY.
22536
22537 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22538 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22539 current Quail package.
22540
22541 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22542 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22543
22544 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22547 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22548
22549 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22550 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22551
22552 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22553
22554 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22555 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22556
22557 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22558
22559 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22560 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22561 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22562 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22563 of the Emacs source tree.
22564
22565 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22566 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22567
22568 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22569 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22570 of each directory.
22571
22572 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22573
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22164
22577 ;;;;;; 57534 791192 607000))
22578 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22579
22580 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22581 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22582 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22583 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22584
22585 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22586
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22590 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 799192 607000))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22592
22593 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22594 Activate UCS input method.
22595 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22596
22597 While this input method is active, the variable
22598 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22599
22600 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22601
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22164 57534 955192
22605 ;;;;;; 607000))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22607
22608 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22609 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22610 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22611 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22612
22613 To make use of this do something like:
22614
22615 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22616
22617 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22618
22619 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22620 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22621
22622 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22623 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22624 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22625
22626 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22627
22628 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22629 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22630
22631 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22632
22633 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22634 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22635
22636 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22637 is decided.
22638
22639 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22640
22641 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22642 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22643
22644 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22645 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22646 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22647
22648 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22649
22650 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22651 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22652
22653 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22656 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22657
22658 \(fn)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22661 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22662
22663 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22664
22665 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22666
22667 \(fn)" t nil)
22668
22669 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22670 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22671
22672 \(fn)" t nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22191 16060 565822
22677 ;;;;;; 179000))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22679
22680 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22681 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22682
22683 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22684
22685 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22686
22687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22688
22689 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22690
22691 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22692
22693
22694 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
22695
22696 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22697 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22698 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22701 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22702
22703 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22704
22705 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22706 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22708 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22709 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22710
22711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22712
22713 ;;;***
22714 \f
22715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22164
22716 ;;;;;; 57534 211192 607000))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22718
22719 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22720
22721 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22722 Construct a regexp interactively.
22723 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22724 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22725 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22726
22727 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22728 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22729
22730 \(fn)" t nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22164 57535 675192
22735 ;;;;;; 607000))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22737
22738 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22739 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22740 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22743 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22744
22745 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22746
22747 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22748 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22750 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22751 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22752
22753 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22754 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22755 were operated on recently.
22756
22757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22174 6972 772792 520000))
22762 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22763
22764 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22765 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22766 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22767 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22768 ends.
22769
22770 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22771 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22772 to be deleted.
22773
22774 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22775
22776 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22777 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22778 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22779
22780 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22781 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22782 deleted.
22783
22784 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22785
22786 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22787 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22788 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22789
22790 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22791
22792 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22793 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22794
22795 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22796 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22797
22798 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22799 deleted.
22800
22801 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22802 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22803 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22804 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22805 even beep.)
22806
22807 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22808
22809 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22810 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22811
22812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22813
22814 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22815 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22816
22817 \(fn)" t nil)
22818
22819 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22820 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22821 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22822 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22823 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22824 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22825 and point is at the lower right corner.
22826
22827 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22828
22829 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22830 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22831
22832 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22833 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22834
22835 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22836 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22837 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22838
22839 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22840
22841 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22842
22843 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22844 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22845 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22846 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22847 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22848
22849 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22850 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22851
22852 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22853
22854 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22855 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22856 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22857
22858 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22859
22860 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22861
22862 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22863
22864 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22865 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22866
22867 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22868 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22869 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22870
22871 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22872
22873 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22874 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22875 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22876
22877 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22878 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22879 rectangle which were empty.
22880
22881 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22882
22883 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22884 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22885
22886 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22887 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22888 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22889 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22890
22891 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22892
22893 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22894 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22895 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22896
22897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22898
22899 ;;;***
22900 \f
22901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22164 57535
22902 ;;;;;; 811192 607000))
22903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22904
22905 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22906 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22910
22911 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22912 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22913 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22914 auto-filling.
22915
22916 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22917
22918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22919
22920 ;;;***
22921 \f
22922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22164 57535
22923 ;;;;;; 815192 607000))
22924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22925 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22926 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22927 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22928 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22929
22930 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22931 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22932
22933 \(fn)" nil nil)
22934
22935 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22936 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22937
22938 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22939 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22940
22941 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22942 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22943 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22944 \\ref macro.
22945
22946 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22947 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22948 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22949
22950 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22951 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22952 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22953
22954 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22955 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22956
22957 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22958 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22959
22960 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22961 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22962 on the menu bar.
22963
22964 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22965
22966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22967
22968 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22969 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22970 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22971
22972 \(fn)" nil nil)
22973
22974 ;;;***
22975 \f
22976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22189
22977 ;;;;;; 60739 285741 19000))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22979 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22980 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22981 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22982 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22983
22984 ;;;***
22985 \f
22986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22164
22987 ;;;;;; 57534 211192 607000))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22989
22990 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22991 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22992 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22993 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22994 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22995 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22996
22997 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22998 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22999
23000 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23001 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23002 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23003 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23004
23005 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23006
23007 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23008 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23009 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23010 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23011
23012 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23013
23014 ;;;***
23015 \f
23016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22164 57534 211192
23017 ;;;;;; 607000))
23018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23019 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23020
23021 ;;;***
23022 \f
23023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22164 57535
23024 ;;;;;; 815192 607000))
23025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23026 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23027
23028 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23029 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23030 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23031 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23032
23033 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23034
23035 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23036
23037 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23038 Call `remember' in another frame.
23039
23040 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23041
23042 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23043 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23044 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23045
23046 \(fn)" t nil)
23047
23048 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23049 Extract diary entries from the region.
23050
23051 \(fn)" nil nil)
23052
23053 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23054 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23055 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23056 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23057
23058 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23059
23060 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23061 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23062 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23063 minor mode.
23064
23065 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23066
23067 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23068 Return the buffer.
23069
23070 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23071 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23072 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23073
23074 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23075
23076 ;;;***
23077 \f
23078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22164 57535 675192 607000))
23079 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23080 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23081
23082 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23083 Repeat most recently executed command.
23084 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23085 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23086 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23087
23088 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23089 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23090 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23091 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23092
23093 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23094 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23095 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23096
23097 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23098
23099 ;;;***
23100 \f
23101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22164 57534
23102 ;;;;;; 811192 607000))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23104
23105 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23106 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23107
23108 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23109 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23110 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23111 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23112 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23113 and point is left after the salutation.
23114
23115 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23116 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23117 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23118 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23119 left after that text.
23120
23121 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23122 is non-nil.
23123
23124 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23125 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23126 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23127 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23128
23129 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23130
23131 ;;;***
23132 \f
23133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22164 57535 679192
23134 ;;;;;; 607000))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23136
23137 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23138 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23139 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23140 visibility of comments that precede it.
23141 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23142 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23143 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23144 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23145 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23146 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23147 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23148 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23149 the comment lines.
23150 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23151 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23152 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23153 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23154 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23155
23156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23157
23158 ;;;***
23159 \f
23160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22164 57535 679192 607000))
23161 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23162
23163 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23164 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23166 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23167 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23168
23169 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23170 reveals invisible text around point.
23171
23172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23173
23174 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23175 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23176 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23179 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23180
23181 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23182
23183 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23184 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23185 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23186
23187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23190
23191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23192
23193 ;;;***
23194 \f
23195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22164 57534 211192
23196 ;;;;;; 607000))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23198
23199 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23200 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23201
23202 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23203
23204 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23205 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23206
23207 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23208
23209 ;;;***
23210 \f
23211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22164 57534 959192
23212 ;;;;;; 607000))
23213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23214
23215 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23216 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23217 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23218 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23219
23220 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23221
23222 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23223 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23224 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23225 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23226
23227 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23228 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23229
23230 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23231 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23232
23233 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23234 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23235 INPUT-ARGS.
23236
23237 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23238 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23239 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23240 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23241 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23242
23243 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23244 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23245 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23246 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23247
23248 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23249 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23250 variable.
23251
23252 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23253
23254 ;;;***
23255 \f
23256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22174 6972 640792
23257 ;;;;;; 520000))
23258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23259
23260 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23261 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23262
23263 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23264
23265 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23266
23267 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23268 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23269 Its name should end with a slash.")
23270
23271 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23272 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23273
23274 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23275 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23276 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23277
23278 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23279
23280 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23281 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23282 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23283 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23284 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23285 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23286 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23287
23288 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23289 sent by you under different user names.
23290 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23291
23292 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23293
23294 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23295
23296 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23297
23298 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23299 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23300 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23301 explicitly.")
23302
23303 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23304
23305 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23306 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23307 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23308 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23309 which normally happens once for each message,
23310 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23311 To make a change in this variable take effect
23312 for a message that you have already viewed,
23313 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23314
23315 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23316
23317 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23318 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23319 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23320 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23321
23322 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23323
23324 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23325 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23326
23327 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23328
23329 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23330 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23331 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23332
23333 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23334
23335 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23336 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23337 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23338 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23339 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23340 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23341
23342 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23343
23344 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23345 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23346
23347 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23348
23349 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23350 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23351
23352 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23353
23354 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23355 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23356
23357 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23358 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23359
23360 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23361
23362 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23363 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23364
23365 This is set to nil by default.")
23366
23367 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23368 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23369 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23370 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23371 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23372 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23373 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23374
23375 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23376 Read and edit incoming mail.
23377 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23378 file in RMAIL Mode.
23379 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23380
23381 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23382 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23383 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23384 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23385
23386 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23387
23388 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23389
23390 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23391 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23392 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23393 Instead, these commands are available:
23394
23395 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23396 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23397 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23398 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23399 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23400 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23401 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23402 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23403 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23404 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23405 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23406 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23407 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23408 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23409 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23410 till a deleted message is found.
23411 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23412 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23413 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23414 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23415 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23416 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23417 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23418 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23419 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23420 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23421 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23422 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23423 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23424 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23425 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23426 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23427 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23428 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23429 (label defaults to last one specified).
23430 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23431 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23432 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23433 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23434 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23435 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23436 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23437 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23438 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23439
23440 \(fn)" t nil)
23441
23442 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23443 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23444
23445 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23446
23447 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23448 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23449
23450 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23451
23452 ;;;***
23453 \f
23454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22164 57534
23455 ;;;;;; 831192 607000))
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23457 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23458
23459 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23460 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23461 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23462 case it writes Babyl.
23463
23464 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23465 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23466 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23467 `rmail-default-file'.
23468
23469 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23470 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23471 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23472
23473 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23474 the header display is currently pruned.
23475
23476 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23477 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23478 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23479 messages after output.
23480
23481 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23482 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23483 message (if writing a file directly).
23484
23485 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23486 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23487
23488 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23489
23490 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23491 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23492 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23493 i) the header is output as currently seen
23494 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23495 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23496
23497 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23498 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23499 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23500
23501 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23502
23503 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23504 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23505 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23506 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23507 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23508 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23509 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23510
23511 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23512 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23513 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23514
23515 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23516
23517 ;;;***
23518 \f
23519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22183 21960
23520 ;;;;;; 606603 947000))
23521 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23522
23523 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23524 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23525 Return a pattern.
23526
23527 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23528
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22171 30780
23532 ;;;;;; 160984 795000))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23534
23535 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23536 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23537 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23538 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23539
23540 \(fn)" t nil)
23541
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22171 30780
23545 ;;;;;; 172984 795000))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23547
23548 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23549 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23550
23551 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23552 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23553 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23554 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23555 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23556 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23557 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23558 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23559 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23560 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23561
23562 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23563 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23564 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23565 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23566 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23567 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23568 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23569 to use for finding the schema.
23570
23571 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23572
23573 ;;;***
23574 \f
23575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22170 9914 185954
23576 ;;;;;; 164000))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23578
23579 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
23580
23581 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23582 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23583 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23584 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23585 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23586 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
23587 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23588 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23589 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23590 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23591 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23592 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23593 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23594 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23595 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23596 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23597 must be equal.
23598
23599 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23600
23601 ;;;***
23602 \f
23603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23604 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23606
23607 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23608 Define a robin package.
23609
23610 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23611 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23612 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23613 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23614
23615 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23616 one replaces the old one.
23617
23618 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23619
23620 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23621 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23622
23623 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23624 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23625 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23626
23627 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23628
23629 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23630 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23631
23632 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23633
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22164 57535 679192 607000))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23638
23639 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23640 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23641
23642 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23643
23644 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23645 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23646
23647 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23648
23649 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23650 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23651
23652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23653
23654 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23655 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23656 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23657
23658 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23659 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23660 in ROT13.
23661
23662 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23663
23664 \(fn)" t nil)
23665
23666 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23667 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23668
23669 \(fn)" t nil)
23670
23671 ;;;***
23672 \f
23673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22164 57535 819192
23674 ;;;;;; 607000))
23675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23676 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23677
23678 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23679 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23680 \\<rst-mode-map>
23681
23682 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23683 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23684 highlighting.
23685
23686 \\{rst-mode-map}
23687
23688 \(fn)" t nil)
23689
23690 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23691 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23695
23696 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23697 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23698 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23699
23700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23701
23702 ;;;***
23703 \f
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22189
23705 ;;;;;; 60739 145741 19000))
23706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23707 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23708
23709 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23710 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23711
23712 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23713
23714 \(fn)" t nil)
23715
23716 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23717
23718 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23719
23720 ;;;***
23721 \f
23722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22164 57535 683192
23723 ;;;;;; 607000))
23724 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23725 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23726
23727 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23728 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23729 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23730
23731 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23732 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23736
23737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22164 57534 211192
23742 ;;;;;; 607000))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23744
23745 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23746 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23747 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23748 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23749
23750 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23751
23752 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23753 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23754 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23755
23756 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23757 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23758 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23759
23760 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23761 notation.
23762
23763 STRING
23764 matches string STRING literally.
23765
23766 CHAR
23767 matches character CHAR literally.
23768
23769 `not-newline', `nonl'
23770 matches any character except a newline.
23771
23772 `anything'
23773 matches any character
23774
23775 `(any SET ...)'
23776 `(in SET ...)'
23777 `(char SET ...)'
23778 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23779 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23780 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23781
23782 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23783 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23784 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23785 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23786
23787 `(not (any SET ...))'
23788 matches any character not in SET ...
23789
23790 `line-start', `bol'
23791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23792 in the text being matched
23793
23794 `line-end', `eol'
23795 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23796
23797 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23798 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23799 string being matched against.
23800
23801 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23802 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23803 string being matched against.
23804
23805 `buffer-start'
23806 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23807 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23808
23809 `buffer-end'
23810 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23811 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23812
23813 `point'
23814 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23815
23816 `word-start', `bow'
23817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23818
23819 `word-end', `eow'
23820 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23821
23822 `word-boundary'
23823 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23824 word.
23825
23826 `(not word-boundary)'
23827 `not-word-boundary'
23828 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23829 word.
23830
23831 `symbol-start'
23832 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23833
23834 `symbol-end'
23835 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23836
23837 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23838 matches 0 through 9.
23839
23840 `control', `cntrl'
23841 matches ASCII control characters.
23842
23843 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23844 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23845
23846 `blank'
23847 matches space and tab only.
23848
23849 `graphic', `graph'
23850 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23851 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23852 unassigned by Unicode.
23853
23854 `printing', `print'
23855 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23856
23857 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23858 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23859 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23860
23861 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23862 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23863 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23864
23865 `ascii'
23866 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23867
23868 `nonascii'
23869 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23870
23871 `lower', `lower-case'
23872 matches anything lower-case.
23873
23874 `upper', `upper-case'
23875 matches anything upper-case.
23876
23877 `punctuation', `punct'
23878 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23879 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23880
23881 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23882 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23883
23884 `word', `wordchar'
23885 matches anything that has word syntax.
23886
23887 `not-wordchar'
23888 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23889
23890 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23891 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23892 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23893 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23894
23895 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23896 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23897 `word' (\\sw)
23898 `symbol' (\\s_)
23899 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23900 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23901 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23902 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23903 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23904 `escape' (\\s\\)
23905 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23906 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23907 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23908 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23909 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23910
23911 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23912 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23913
23914 `(category CATEGORY)'
23915 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23916 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23917
23918 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23919 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23920 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23921 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23922 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23923 `symbol' (\\c5)
23924 `digit' (\\c6)
23925 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23926 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23927 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23928 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23929 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23930 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23931 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23932 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23933 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23934 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23935 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23936 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23937 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23938 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23939 `ascii' (\\ca)
23940 `arabic' (\\cb)
23941 `chinese' (\\cc)
23942 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23943 `greek' (\\cg)
23944 `korean' (\\ch)
23945 `indian' (\\ci)
23946 `japanese' (\\cj)
23947 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23948 `latin' (\\cl)
23949 `lao' (\\co)
23950 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23951 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23952 `thai' (\\ct)
23953 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23954 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23955 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23956 `can-break' (\\c|)
23957
23958 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23959 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23960
23961 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23962 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23963 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23964 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23965 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23966
23967 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23968 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23969 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23970 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23971
23972 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23973 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23974 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23975 group number N.
23976
23977 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23978 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23979 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23980 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23981 regular expression.
23982
23983 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23984 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23985 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23986 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23987 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23988
23989 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23990 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23991
23992 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23993 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23994
23995 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23996 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23997 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23998
23999 `(* SEXP ...)'
24000 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24001 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24002
24003 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24004 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24005 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24006
24007 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24008 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24009 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24010
24011 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24012 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24013
24014 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24015 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24016
24017 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24018 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24019 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24020 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24021
24022 `(? SEXP ...)'
24023 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24024
24025 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24026 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24027
24028 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24029 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24030 matches N occurrences.
24031
24032 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24033 matches N or more occurrences.
24034
24035 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24036 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24037 matches N to M occurrences.
24038
24039 `(backref N)'
24040 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24041
24042 `(eval FORM)'
24043 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24044 `regexp-quote' it.
24045
24046 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24047 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24048
24049 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24050
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22164 57534
24054 ;;;;;; 963192 607000))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24056 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24057
24058 ;;;***
24059 \f
24060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22164 57535 683192
24061 ;;;;;; 607000))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24063 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24064
24065 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24066 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24067 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24068 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24069 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24070 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24071
24072 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24073
24074 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24075 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24076 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24077 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24078 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24079
24080 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24081 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24082 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24083 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24084
24085 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24086 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24087 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24088
24089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24090
24091 ;;;***
24092 \f
24093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22164 57535 683192
24094 ;;;;;; 607000))
24095 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24096
24097 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24098 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24099 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24102 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24103
24104 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24105
24106 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24107 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24108 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24109 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24110
24111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24112
24113 ;;;***
24114 \f
24115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22164 57535
24116 ;;;;;; 551192 607000))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24118
24119 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24120 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24121 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24122
24123 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24124 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24125 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24126 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24127 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24128 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24129 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24130 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24131
24132 Commands:
24133 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24134 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24135 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24136
24137 \(fn)" t nil)
24138
24139 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24140 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24141 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24142
24143 Commands:
24144 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24145 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24146 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24147 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24148 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24149 that variable's value is a string.
24150
24151 \(fn)" t nil)
24152
24153 ;;;***
24154 \f
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22164 57534
24156 ;;;;;; 695192 607000))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24158
24159 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24160 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24161 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24162
24163 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24164
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24166
24167 ;;;***
24168 \f
24169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22164 57535 683192
24170 ;;;;;; 607000))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24172
24173 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24174 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24175 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24178 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24179
24180 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24181
24182 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24183 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24184 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24185 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24186 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24187
24188 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24189 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24190
24191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24192
24193 ;;;***
24194 \f
24195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22164 57535
24196 ;;;;;; 683192 607000))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24198
24199 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24200 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24202 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24203 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24204 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24205 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24206 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24207
24208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24209
24210 ;;;***
24211 \f
24212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22164 57534 963192
24213 ;;;;;; 607000))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24215 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24216 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24217
24218 ;;;***
24219 \f
24220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22164 57533
24221 ;;;;;; 947192 607000))
24222 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24223 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24224
24225 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24226 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24227 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24228
24229 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24230 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24231 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24232 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24233 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24234 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24235 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24236 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24237 keybinding for tag names.
24238 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24239 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24240 of the symbol under point.
24241 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24242 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24243 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24244 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24245 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24246 syntax tokens.
24247 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24248
24249 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24250
24251 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24252 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24253 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24256 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24257
24258 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24259
24260 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24261 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24263 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24264 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24265
24266 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24267 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24268 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24269 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24270 Semantic mode.
24271
24272 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24273
24274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24275
24276 ;;;***
24277 \f
24278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24279 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 951192 607000))
24280 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24281
24282 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24283 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24284
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24286
24287 ;;;***
24288 \f
24289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24290 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 7192 607000))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24292
24293 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24294 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24295
24296 \(fn)" t nil)
24297
24298 ;;;***
24299 \f
24300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22164 57534
24301 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
24302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24303
24304 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24305 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24306
24307 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24308 king@grassland.com
24309 If `parens', they look like:
24310 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24311 If `angles', they look like:
24312 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24313
24314 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24315 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24316
24317 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24318
24319 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24320 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24321 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24322 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24323
24324 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24325 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24326 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24327 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24328
24329 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24330
24331 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24332 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24333 This is done when the message is initialized,
24334 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24335
24336 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24337
24338 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24339 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24340 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24341
24342 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24343
24344 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24345 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24346 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24347 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24348 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24349 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24350 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24351
24352 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24353
24354 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24355 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24356
24357 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24358
24359 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24360 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24361 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24362 be a Babyl file.")
24363
24364 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24365
24366 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24367 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24368 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24369 when you first send mail.")
24370
24371 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24372
24373 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24374 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24375 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24376 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24377 This file need not actually exist.")
24378
24379 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24380
24381 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24382 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24383
24384 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24385
24386 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24387 Alist of mail address aliases,
24388 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24389 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24390 can specify a different file name.)
24391 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24392 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24393
24394 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24395 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24396 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24397
24398 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24399
24400 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24401 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24402 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24403
24404 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24405
24406 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24407 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24408 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24409 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24410 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24411 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24412 in the cited portion of the message.
24413
24414 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24415 instead of no action.")
24416
24417 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24418
24419 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24420 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24421 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24422 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24423 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24424
24425 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24426
24427 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24428 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24429 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24430 If a string, that string is inserted.
24431 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24432 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24433 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24434 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24435
24436 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24437
24438 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24439 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24440
24441 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24442
24443 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24444 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24445 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24446
24447 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24448 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24449
24450 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24451
24452 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24453 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24454 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24455 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24456
24457 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24458
24459 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24460 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24461 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24462
24463 \(fn)" nil nil)
24464
24465 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24466
24467 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24468
24469
24470 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24471
24472 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24473 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24474 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24475
24476 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24477 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24478
24479 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24480 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24481 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24482 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24483 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24484 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24485 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24486 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24487 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24488 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24489 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24490 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24491 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24492 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24493
24494 \(fn)" t nil)
24495
24496 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24497 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24498 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24499 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24500
24501 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24502
24503 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24504 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24505 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24506 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24507 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24508 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24509
24510 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24511 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24512 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24513
24514 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24515 User should not set this variable manually,
24516 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24517 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24518 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24519
24520 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24521 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24522 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24523 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24524
24525 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24526 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24527
24528 \\<mail-mode-map>
24529 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24530
24531 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24532 to move to message header fields:
24533 \\{mail-mode-map}
24534
24535 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24536 when the message is initialized.
24537
24538 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24539 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24540
24541 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24542 is inserted.
24543
24544 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24545 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24546
24547 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24548 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24549 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24550 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24551 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24552 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24553 buffer without erasing the contents.
24554
24555 The second through fifth arguments,
24556 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24557 the initial contents of those header fields.
24558 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24559 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24560 original message being replied to, or else an action
24561 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24562 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24563 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24564 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24565 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24566 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24567
24568 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24569
24570 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24571 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24572
24573 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24574
24575 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24576 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24577
24578 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24579
24580 ;;;***
24581 \f
24582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22164 57534 211192
24583 ;;;;;; 607000))
24584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24585 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24586
24587 ;;;***
24588 \f
24589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22164 57535 687192 607000))
24590 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24591
24592 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24593
24594 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24595
24596 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24597
24598 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24599 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24600 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24601 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24602 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24603 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24604
24605 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24606 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24607
24608 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24609 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24610 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24611
24612 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24613 \\[server-start].
24614
24615 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24616
24617 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24618 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24619 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24620 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24621
24622 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24623
24624 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24625 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24626 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24629 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24630
24631 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24632
24633 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24634 Toggle Server mode.
24635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24636 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24637 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24638
24639 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24640 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24641 `server-start' for details.
24642
24643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24644
24645 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24646 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24647 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24648
24649 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24650 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24651
24652 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24653
24654 ;;;***
24655 \f
24656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22175 27834 469911 436000))
24657 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24658
24659 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24660 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24661
24662 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24663 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24664 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24665 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24666 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24667
24668 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24669 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24670 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24671 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24672 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24673 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24674
24675 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24676 displayed.
24677
24678 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24679 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24680 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24681
24682 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24683 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24684
24685 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24686 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24687
24688 \\{ses-mode-map}
24689 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24690 part):
24691 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24692 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24693 formula:
24694 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24695
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24697
24698 ;;;***
24699 \f
24700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22183
24701 ;;;;;; 21960 642603 947000))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24703
24704 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24705 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24706 Makes > match <.
24707 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24708 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24709
24710 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24711 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24712 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24713
24714 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24715 in your init file.
24716
24717 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24718
24719 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24720 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24721 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24722
24723 \(fn)" t nil)
24724
24725 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24726 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24727 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24728 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24729 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24730 which this is based.
24731
24732 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24733
24734 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24735 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24736 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24737 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24738
24739 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24740 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24741 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24742
24743 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24744 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24745 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24746 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24747
24748 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24749 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24750 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24751 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24752
24753 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24754
24755 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24756 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24757 To work around that, do:
24758 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24759
24760 \\{html-mode-map}
24761
24762 \(fn)" t nil)
24763
24764 ;;;***
24765 \f
24766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22164
24767 ;;;;;; 57535 559192 607000))
24768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24769 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24770 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24771
24772 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24773 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24774 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24775 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24776 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24777 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24778
24779 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24780 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24781 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24782 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24783 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24784
24785 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24786 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24787 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24788 \\<sh-mode-map>
24789 \\[sh-case] case statement
24790 \\[sh-for] for loop
24791 \\[sh-function] function definition
24792 \\[sh-if] if statement
24793 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24794 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24795 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24796 \\[sh-select] select loop
24797 \\[sh-until] until loop
24798 \\[sh-while] while loop
24799
24800 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24801 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24802 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24803 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24804 would indent to the way it currently is.
24805 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24806 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24807
24808
24809 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24810 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24811 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24812 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24813 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24814
24815 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24816 unquoted < insert a here document.
24817
24818 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24819 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24820 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24821
24822 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24823 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24824
24825 \(fn)" t nil)
24826
24827 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24828
24829 ;;;***
24830 \f
24831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22164 57534
24832 ;;;;;; 211192 607000))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24834
24835 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24836 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24837
24838 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24839 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24840 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24841
24842 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24843 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24844 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24845 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24846 the earlier.
24847
24848 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24849
24850 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24851
24852 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24853 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24854 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24855
24856 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24857 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24858
24859 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24860 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24861 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24862 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24863 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24864 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24865 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24866 Emacs version).
24867
24868 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24869 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24870 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24871 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24872 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24873
24874 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24875 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24876
24877 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24878
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22164 57535 703192
24882 ;;;;;; 607000))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24884
24885 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24886 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24887 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24888 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24889 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24890 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24891 sites in the cluster.
24892
24893 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24894
24895 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24896 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24897 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24898 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24899 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24900
24901 \(fn)" t nil)
24902
24903 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24904 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24905 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24906 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24907 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24908 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24909 `shadow-define-cluster').
24910
24911 \(fn)" t nil)
24912
24913 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24914 Set up file shadowing.
24915
24916 \(fn)" t nil)
24917
24918 ;;;***
24919 \f
24920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22164 57535 703192 607000))
24921 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24922
24923 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24924 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24925 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24926 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24927 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24928 arguments.")
24929
24930 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24931
24932 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24933 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24934 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24935 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24936 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24937
24938 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24939 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24940 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24941 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24942 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24943 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24944 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24945 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24946 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24947 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24948 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24949
24950 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24951 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24952 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24953 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24954 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24955 `default-process-coding-system'.
24956
24957 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24958 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24959 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24960 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24961
24962 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24963
24964 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24965
24966 ;;;***
24967 \f
24968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22189 60738 497741 19000))
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24970
24971 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24972 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24973
24974 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24975
24976 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24977 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24978 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24979 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24980
24981 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24982
24983 ;;;***
24984 \f
24985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22164 57534 699192
24986 ;;;;;; 607000))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24988
24989 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24990
24991
24992 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24993
24994 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24995
24996
24997 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24998
24999 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25000
25001
25002 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25003
25004 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25005
25006
25007 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25008
25009 ;;;***
25010 \f
25011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22164 57534
25012 ;;;;;; 695192 607000))
25013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25014
25015 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25016 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25017 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25018 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25019 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25020
25021 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25022
25023 \(fn)" t nil)
25024
25025 ;;;***
25026 \f
25027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22164 57535
25028 ;;;;;; 559192 607000))
25029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25030
25031 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25032 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25033 \\{simula-mode-map}
25034 Variables controlling indentation style:
25035 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25036 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25037 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25038 `simula-indent-level'
25039 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25040 `simula-substatement-offset'
25041 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25042 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25043 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25044 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25045 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25046 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25047 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25048 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25049 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25050 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25051 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25052 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25053 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25054 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25055 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25056 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25057 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25058 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25059 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25060 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25061 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25062 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25063 or nil if they should not be changed.
25064 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25065 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25066 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25067 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25068
25069 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25070 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25071
25072 \(fn)" t nil)
25073
25074 ;;;***
25075 \f
25076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22164 57535 731192
25077 ;;;;;; 607000))
25078 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25079
25080 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25081 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25082
25083 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25084 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25085 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25086 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25087
25088 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25089
25090 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25091
25092 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25093 Insert SKELETON.
25094 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25095 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25096 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25097 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25098 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25099
25100 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25101 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25102
25103 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25104
25105 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25106 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25107
25108 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25109 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25110 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25111 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25112
25113 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25114 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25115 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25116 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25117
25118 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25119 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25120 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25121
25122 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25123 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25124
25125 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25126 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25127
25128 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25129 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25130 is at bol/eol
25131 _ interesting point, interregion here
25132 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25133 interesting point set by _
25134 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25135 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25136 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25137 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25138 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25139 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25140 nil skipped
25141
25142 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25143 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25144
25145 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25146 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25147 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25148 as the first element when at bol.
25149
25150 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25151 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25152 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25153 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25154 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25155 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25156 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25157 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25158
25159 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25160 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25161 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25162 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25163 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25164 available:
25165
25166 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25167 then: insert previously read string once more
25168 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25169 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25170 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25171
25172 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25173 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25174
25175 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25176
25177 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25178 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25179
25180 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25181 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25182 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25183 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25184 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25185 such as backslash.
25186
25187 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25188 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25189 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25190 twice for the others.
25191
25192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25193
25194 ;;;***
25195 \f
25196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22189 60739
25197 ;;;;;; 309741 19000))
25198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25199
25200 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25201 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25202 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25203 buffer names.
25204
25205 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25208 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25210 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25211 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25212 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25213
25214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25215
25216 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25217 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25218 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25219
25220 \(fn)" t nil)
25221
25222 ;;;***
25223 \f
25224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22164 57534 699192
25225 ;;;;;; 607000))
25226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25227
25228 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25229 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25230 A list of images is returned.
25231
25232 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25233
25234 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25235 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25236 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25237
25238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241 \f
25242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22164 57534
25243 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
25244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25245
25246 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25247
25248
25249 \(fn)" nil nil)
25250
25251 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25252 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25253
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25255
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22164 57535 307192
25259 ;;;;;; 607000))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25261
25262 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25263 Play the Snake game.
25264 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25265
25266 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25267
25268 Snake mode keybindings:
25269 \\<snake-mode-map>
25270 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25271 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25272 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25273 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25274 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25275 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25276 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25277
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25279
25280 ;;;***
25281 \f
25282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22164 57534
25283 ;;;;;; 967192 607000))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25285
25286 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25287 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25288 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25289 Tab indents for C code.
25290 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25291 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25292 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25293 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25294 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25295
25296 \(fn)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25299 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25300 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25301 Tab indents for C code.
25302 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25303 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25304 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25305 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25306 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25307
25308 \(fn)" t nil)
25309
25310 ;;;***
25311 \f
25312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22164 57534
25313 ;;;;;; 987192 607000))
25314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25315 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25316
25317 ;;;***
25318 \f
25319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22164 57533 859192
25320 ;;;;;; 607000))
25321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25322
25323 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25324 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25325 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25326 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25327 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25328
25329 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25330
25331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25332
25333 ;;;***
25334 \f
25335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22164 57535
25336 ;;;;;; 307192 607000))
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25338
25339 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25340 Play Solitaire.
25341
25342 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25343 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25344 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25345 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25346 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25347 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25348 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25349 check after each move or undo.)
25350
25351 What is Solitaire?
25352
25353 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25354 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25355 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25356
25357 Le Solitaire
25358 ============
25359
25360 o o o
25361
25362 o o o
25363
25364 o o o o o o o
25365
25366 o o o . o o o
25367
25368 o o o o o o o
25369
25370 o o o
25371
25372 o o o
25373
25374 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25375 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25376 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25377 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25378
25379 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25380 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25381 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25382 this: o o .
25383
25384 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25385 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25386
25387 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25388
25389 o o o
25390
25391 . o o
25392
25393 o o . o o o o
25394
25395 o . o o o o o
25396
25397 o o o o o o o
25398
25399 o o o
25400
25401 o o o
25402
25403 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25404
25405 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25406
25407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25408
25409 ;;;***
25410 \f
25411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22164 57535 731192 607000))
25412 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25413 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25414
25415 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25416 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25417
25418 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25419 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25420 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25421 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25422 contiguous.
25423
25424 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25425 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25426 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25427 the sort order.
25428
25429 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25430 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25431
25432 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25433 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25434 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25435 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25436 is called.
25437
25438 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25439 It should move point to the end of the record.
25440
25441 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25442 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25443 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25444 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25445 starts at the beginning of the record.
25446
25447 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25448 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25449 same as ENDRECFUN.
25450
25451 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25452 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25453 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25454 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25455 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25456 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25457 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25458
25459 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25460
25461 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25462 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25463 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25464 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25465 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25466 the sort order.
25467
25468 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25469
25470 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25471 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25472 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25473 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25474 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25475 the sort order.
25476
25477 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25478
25479 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25480 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25481 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25482 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25483 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25484 the sort order.
25485
25486 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25487 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25488
25489 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25490 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25491 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25492 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25493 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25494 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25495 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25496 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25497 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25498
25499 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25500
25501 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25502 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25503 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25504 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25505 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25506 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25507 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25508 the sort order.
25509
25510 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25511
25512 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25513 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25514 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25515 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25516
25517 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25518 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25519
25520 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25521 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25522 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25523 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25524 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25525 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25526 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25527 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25528
25529 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25530
25531 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25532 the sort order.
25533
25534 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25535 starting with the letter \"f\",
25536 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25537
25538 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25541 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25542 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25543 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25544 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25545 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25546 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25547 the sort order.
25548
25549 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25550 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25551 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25552 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25553 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25554
25555 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25556
25557 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25558 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25559 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25560
25561 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25562
25563 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25564 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25565 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25566 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25567 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25568 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25569 each repeated line.
25570
25571 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25572 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25573 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25574 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25575
25576 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25577 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25578
25579 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25580 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25581
25582 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25583
25584 ;;;***
25585 \f
25586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22164 57534 703192 607000))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25588
25589 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25590 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25591 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25592 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25593 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25594 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25595
25596 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25597
25598 ;;;***
25599 \f
25600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22164
25601 ;;;;;; 57534 699192 607000))
25602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25603
25604 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25605 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25606
25607 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25608 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25609 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25610
25611 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25612
25613 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25614 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25615 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25616 server.
25617
25618 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25619
25620 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25621 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25622 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25623
25624 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25625
25626 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25627 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25628 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25629 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25630 Agent is plugged.
25631
25632 \(fn)" t nil)
25633
25634 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25635 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25636 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25637 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25638
25639 \(fn)" t nil)
25640
25641 ;;;***
25642 \f
25643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22164 57535 751192
25644 ;;;;;; 607000))
25645 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25646
25647 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25648
25649 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25650 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25651 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25652 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25653 supported at a time.
25654 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25655 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25656
25657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25660 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25661 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25662 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25663
25664 \(fn)" t nil)
25665
25666 ;;;***
25667 \f
25668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22164 57535 307192
25669 ;;;;;; 607000))
25670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25671
25672 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25673 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25674
25675 \(fn)" t nil)
25676
25677 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25678 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25679
25680 \(fn)" nil nil)
25681
25682 ;;;***
25683 \f
25684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22189 60739 161741
25685 ;;;;;; 19000))
25686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25687 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25688
25689 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25690 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25691
25692 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25693 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25694 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25695 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25696 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25697 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25698 of the current highlighting list.
25699
25700 For example:
25701
25702 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25703 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25704
25705 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25706 `_t' as data types.
25707
25708 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25709
25710 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25711 Major mode to edit SQL.
25712
25713 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25714 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25715 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25716
25717 \\{sql-mode-map}
25718 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25719
25720 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25721 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25722 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25723 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25724 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25725 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25726
25727 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25728 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25729
25730 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25731 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25732 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25733
25734 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25735 (lambda ()
25736 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25737
25738 \(fn)" t nil)
25739
25740 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25741 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25742
25743 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25744 their settings.
25745
25746 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25747 is specified in the connection settings.
25748
25749 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25750
25751 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25752 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25753
25754 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25755 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25756
25757 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25758 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25759 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25760 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25761
25762 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25763
25764 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25767 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25768
25769 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25770 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25771 `*SQL*'.
25772
25773 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25774 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25775 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25776 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25777
25778 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25779 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25780
25781 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25782 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25783 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25784 buffer.
25785
25786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25787 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25788 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25791 `default-process-coding-system'.
25792
25793 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25794
25795 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25796
25797 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25798 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25799
25800 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25801 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25802 `*SQL*'.
25803
25804 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25805 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25806 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25807 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25808
25809 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25810 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25811
25812 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25813 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25814 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25815 buffer.
25816
25817 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25818 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25819 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25820 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25821 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25822 `default-process-coding-system'.
25823
25824 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25825
25826 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25829 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25830
25831 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25832 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25833 `*SQL*'.
25834
25835 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25836 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25837
25838 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25839 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25840
25841 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25842 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25843 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25844 buffer.
25845
25846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25847 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25848 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25851 `default-process-coding-system'.
25852
25853 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25854
25855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25856
25857 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25858 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25859
25860 SQLite is free software.
25861
25862 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25863 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25864 `*SQL*'.
25865
25866 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25867 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25868 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25869 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25870
25871 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25872 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25873
25874 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25875 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25876 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25877 buffer.
25878
25879 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25880 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25881 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25882 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25883 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25884 `default-process-coding-system'.
25885
25886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25887
25888 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25891 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25892
25893 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25894
25895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25897 `*SQL*'.
25898
25899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25900 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25901 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25902 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25903
25904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25906
25907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25908 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25910 buffer.
25911
25912 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25913 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25914 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25915 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25916 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25917 `default-process-coding-system'.
25918
25919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25920
25921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25924 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25925
25926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25928 `*SQL*'.
25929
25930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25931 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25932 defaults, if set.
25933
25934 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25936
25937 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25938 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25939 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25940 buffer.
25941
25942 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25943 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25944 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25945 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25946 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25947 `default-process-coding-system'.
25948
25949 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25950
25951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25952
25953 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25954 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25955
25956 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25957 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25958 `*SQL*'.
25959
25960 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25961 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25962
25963 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25964 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25965
25966 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25967 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25968 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25969 buffer.
25970
25971 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25972 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25973 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25974 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25975 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25976 `default-process-coding-system'.
25977
25978 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25979
25980 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25981
25982 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25983 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25984
25985 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25986 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25987 `*SQL*'.
25988
25989 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25990 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25991 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25992 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25993
25994 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25995 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25996
25997 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25998 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25999 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26000 buffer.
26001
26002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26003 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26004 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26005 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26007 `default-process-coding-system'.
26008
26009 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26010
26011 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26012
26013 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26014 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26015
26016 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26017 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26018 `*SQL*'.
26019
26020 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26021 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26022 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26023 `sql-postgres-options'.
26024
26025 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26026 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26027
26028 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26029 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26030 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26031 buffer.
26032
26033 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26034 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26035 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26036 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26037 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26038 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26039 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26040 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26041
26042 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26043 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26044
26045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26046
26047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26050 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26051
26052 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26053 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26054 `*SQL*'.
26055
26056 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26057 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26058 defaults, if set.
26059
26060 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26061 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26062
26063 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26064 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26065 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26066 buffer.
26067
26068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26070 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26073 `default-process-coding-system'.
26074
26075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26076
26077 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26078
26079 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26080 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26081
26082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26084 `*SQL*'.
26085
26086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26087 automatic login.
26088
26089 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26090 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26091
26092 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26093 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26094 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26095 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26096
26097 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26098 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26099 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26100 buffer.
26101
26102 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26103 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26104 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26105 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26106 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26107 `default-process-coding-system'.
26108
26109 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26110
26111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26112
26113 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26114 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26115
26116 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26117 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26118 `*SQL*'.
26119
26120 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26121 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26122 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26123 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26124 parameters.
26125
26126 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26127 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26128 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26129 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26130 an empty password.
26131
26132 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26133 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26134
26135 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26136 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26137 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26138 buffer.
26139
26140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26141
26142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26143
26144 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26145 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26146
26147 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26148
26149 ;;;***
26150 \f
26151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22164 57534 7192
26152 ;;;;;; 607000))
26153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26154 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26155
26156 ;;;***
26157 \f
26158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26159 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 19192 607000))
26160 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26161
26162 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26163 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26164
26165 \(fn)" t nil)
26166
26167 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26168
26169 ;;;***
26170 \f
26171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22164 57534
26172 ;;;;;; 703192 607000))
26173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26174
26175 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26176 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26177 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26178 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26179 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26180 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26181 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26182 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26183 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26184 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26185 with any buffer
26186 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26187 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26188 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26189 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26190
26191 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26192
26193 ;;;***
26194 \f
26195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22189 60739 257741
26196 ;;;;;; 19000))
26197 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26198
26199 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26200 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26201 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26202 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26203 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26204 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26205
26206 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26207
26208 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26209
26210 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26211 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26212 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26213 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26214 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26215 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26216 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26217
26218 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26219
26220 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26221 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26222 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26223 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26224 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26225 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26226 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26227
26228 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26229
26230 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26231 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26232 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26233
26234 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26235
26236 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26237 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26238 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26239
26240 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26241
26242 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26243 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26244
26245 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26246
26247 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26248 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26249
26250 \(fn)" t nil)
26251
26252 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26253 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26254
26255 \(fn)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26258 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26259 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26260 by command name.
26261 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26262
26263 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26264
26265 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26266 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26267 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26270 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26271
26272 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26273
26274 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26275 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26278 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26279
26280 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26281 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26282 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26283 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26284 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26285
26286 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26287 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26288 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26289 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26290
26291 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26292
26293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26296 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26297 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26298 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26299
26300 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26303 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26304
26305 \(fn)" t nil)
26306
26307 ;;;***
26308 \f
26309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26310 ;;;;;; 42000))
26311 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26312
26313 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26314 Studlify-case the region.
26315
26316 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26317
26318 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26319 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26320
26321 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26322
26323 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26324 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26325
26326 \(fn)" t nil)
26327
26328 ;;;***
26329 \f
26330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22164 57535
26331 ;;;;;; 575192 607000))
26332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26333
26334 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26335
26336 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26337 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26341
26342 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26343 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26344 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26345 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26346
26347 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26348 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26349 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26350
26351 Nomenclature Subwords
26352 ===========================================================
26353 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26354 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26355 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26356
26357 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26358 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26359
26360 \\{subword-mode-map}
26361
26362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26363
26364 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26365 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26366 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26369 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26370
26371 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26374 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26375 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26376 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26377 ARG is omitted or nil.
26378
26379 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26380 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26381 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26382
26383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26384
26385 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26386 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26387 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26388 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26389 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26390
26391 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26392 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26393 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26394 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26395
26396 \\{superword-mode-map}
26397
26398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26399
26400 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26401 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26402 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26405 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26406
26407 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26408
26409 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26410 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26411 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26412 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26413 ARG is omitted or nil.
26414
26415 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26416 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26417 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26418
26419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26420
26421 ;;;***
26422 \f
26423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22164 57534
26424 ;;;;;; 843192 607000))
26425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26426
26427 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26428 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26429 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26430 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26431 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26432 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26433 original message but it does require a few things:
26434
26435 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26436
26437 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26438 reply buffer.
26439
26440 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26441 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26442 original message.
26443
26444 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26445
26446 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26447
26448 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26449 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26450 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26451
26452 \(fn)" nil nil)
26453
26454 ;;;***
26455 \f
26456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22164 57535 763192
26457 ;;;;;; 607000))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26459
26460 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26461
26462 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26463 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26464 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26466 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26467 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26468
26469 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26472 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26474 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26475 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26476
26477 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26478 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26479 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26480
26481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26482
26483 ;;;***
26484 \f
26485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22164 57535 763192 607000))
26486 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26487
26488 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26489 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26490 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26491 buffer.
26492
26493 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26494 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26495 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26496
26497 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26498
26499 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26500 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26501 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26502 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26503 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26504 buffer.
26505
26506 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26507 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26508 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26509
26510 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26511
26512 ;;;***
26513 \f
26514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22189 60739 301741
26515 ;;;;;; 19000))
26516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26517
26518 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26519 Insert an editable text table.
26520 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26521 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26522 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26523 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26524 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26525 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26526 delimiting them.
26527
26528 Examples:
26529
26530 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26531
26532 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26533 location of point.
26534
26535 -!-
26536
26537 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26538 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26539 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26540 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26541 first cell.
26542
26543 +-----+-----+-----+
26544 |-!- | | |
26545 +-----+-----+-----+
26546
26547 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26548
26549 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26550 width, which results as
26551
26552 +--------------+-----+-----+
26553 |-!- | | |
26554 +--------------+-----+-----+
26555
26556 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26557 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26558
26559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26560 | | |-!- |
26561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26562
26563 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26564 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26565 width information to `table-insert'.
26566
26567 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26568
26569 instead of
26570
26571 Cell width(s): 5
26572
26573 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26574 work all together.
26575
26576 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26577 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26578
26579 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26580 |-!- | | |
26581 | | | |
26582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26583
26584 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26585
26586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26587 |-!- | | |
26588 | | | |
26589 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26590 | | | |
26591 | | | |
26592 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26593
26594 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26595
26596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26597 | | | |
26598 | | | |
26599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26600 | | | |
26601 | | | |
26602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26603 -!-
26604
26605 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26606 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26607 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26608
26609 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26610 | | | |
26611 | | | |
26612 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26613 | | | |
26614 | | | |
26615 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26616 |-!- | | |
26617 | | | |
26618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26619
26620 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26621 results.
26622
26623 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26624 | | | |
26625 | | | |
26626 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26627 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26628 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26629 | | |expected results.-!- |
26630 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26631 | | | |
26632 | | | |
26633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26634
26635 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26636
26637 \\{table-cell-map}
26638
26639 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26640
26641 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26642 Insert N table row(s).
26643 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26644 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26645 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26646 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26647
26648 \(fn N)" t nil)
26649
26650 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26651 Insert N table column(s).
26652 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26653 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26654 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26655 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26656
26657 \(fn N)" t nil)
26658
26659 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26660 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26661 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26662
26663 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26664
26665 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26666 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26667 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26668 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26669 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26670 all the table specific features.
26671
26672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26673
26674 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26675
26676
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26680 Recognize all tables within region.
26681 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26682 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26683 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26684 specific features.
26685
26686 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26687
26688 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26689
26690
26691 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26692
26693 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26694 Recognize a table at point.
26695 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26696 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26697 the table specific features.
26698
26699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26700
26701 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26702
26703
26704 \(fn)" t nil)
26705
26706 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26707 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26708 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26709 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26710 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26711 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26712 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26713
26714 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26715
26716 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26717
26718
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26720
26721 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26722 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26723 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26724 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26725 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26726 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26727 specified.
26728
26729 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26730
26731 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26732 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26733 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26734 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26735 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26736 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26737 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26738 table structure.
26739
26740 \(fn N)" t nil)
26741
26742 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26743 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26744 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26745 table's rectangle structure.
26746
26747 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26748
26749 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26750 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26751 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26752 table's rectangle structure.
26753
26754 \(fn N)" t nil)
26755
26756 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26757 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26758 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26759 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26760 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26761
26762 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26763
26764 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26765 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26766 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26767
26768 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26769 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26770 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26771 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26772 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26773 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26774 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26775
26776 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26777 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26778 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26779 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26780 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26781 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26782 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26783
26784 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26785 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26786 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26787 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26788 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26789 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26790 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26791 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26792
26793 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26794
26795 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26796 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26797 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26798 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26799
26800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26801
26802 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26803 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26804 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26805
26806 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26809 Split current cell vertically.
26810 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26811
26812 \(fn)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26815 Split current cell horizontally.
26816 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26817
26818 \(fn)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26821 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26822 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26823
26824 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26825
26826 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26827 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26828 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26829 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26830
26831 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26832
26833 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26834 Justify cell contents.
26835 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26836 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26837 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26838 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26839
26840 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26841
26842 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26843 Justify cells of a row.
26844 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26845 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26846
26847 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26850 Justify cells of a column.
26851 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26852 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26853
26854 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26855
26856 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26857 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26858 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26859 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26860 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26861 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26862 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26863 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26864 run-time.
26865
26866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26867
26868 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26869 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26870 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26871 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26872 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26873 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26874 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26875 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26876 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26877 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26878 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26879
26880 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26881
26882 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26883 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26884 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26885 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26886 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26887 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26888 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26889 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26890 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26891 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26892 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26893 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26894 untouched.
26895
26896 References used for this implementation:
26897
26898 HTML:
26899 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26900
26901 LaTeX:
26902 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26903
26904 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26905 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26906 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26907
26908 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26909
26910 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26911 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26912 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26913 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26914 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26915 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26916 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26917 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26918 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26919 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26920 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26921 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26922 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26923 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26924 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26925 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26926 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26927
26928 Example:
26929
26930 (progn
26931 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26932 (table-forward-cell 15)
26933 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26934 (table-forward-cell 16)
26935 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26936 (table-forward-cell 1)
26937 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26938
26939 (progn
26940 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26941 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26942 (table-forward-cell 1)
26943 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26944
26945 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26946
26947 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26948 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26949 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26950 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26951 consists from cells of same height.
26952
26953 \(fn N)" t nil)
26954
26955 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26956 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26957 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26958 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26959 column must consists from cells of same width.
26960
26961 \(fn N)" t nil)
26962
26963 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26964 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26965 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26966 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26967 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26968 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26969 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26970 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26971 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26972 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26973 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26974 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26975 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26976 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26977 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26978
26979
26980 Example 1:
26981
26982 1, 2, 3, 4
26983 5, 6, 7, 8
26984 , 9, 10
26985
26986 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26987 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26988 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26989 specified as 5.
26990
26991 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26992 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26993 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26994 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26995 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26996 | | 9 | 10 | |
26997 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26998
26999 Note:
27000
27001 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27002 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27003 of each row is optional.
27004
27005
27006 Example 2:
27007
27008 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27009 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27010 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27011 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27012 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27013
27014 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27015 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27016
27017 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27018 expression and raw delimiter regular
27019 expression, it parses the specified text
27020 area and extracts cell items from
27021 non-table text and then forms a table out
27022 of them.
27023
27024 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27025 creates a single cell table. The text in
27026 the specified region is placed in that
27027 cell.-*-
27028
27029 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27030 like this.
27031
27032 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27033 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27034 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27035 | |
27036 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27037 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27038 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27039 | area and extracts cell items from |
27040 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27041 | of them. |
27042 | |
27043 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27044 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27045 | the specified region is placed in that |
27046 | cell. |
27047 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27048
27049 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27050 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27051 independently.
27052
27053 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27054 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27055 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27056 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27057 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27058 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27059 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27060 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27061 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27062 | |of them. |
27063 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27064 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27065 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27066 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27067 | |cell. |
27068 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27069
27070 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27071 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27072 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27073
27074 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27075
27076 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27077 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27078 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27079 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27080 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27081
27082 \(fn)" t nil)
27083
27084 ;;;***
27085 \f
27086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22164 57535 763192 607000))
27087 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27088
27089 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27090 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27091
27092 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27093
27094 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27095 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27096
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22164 57535 775192
27102 ;;;;;; 607000))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27104
27105 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27106 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27107 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27108 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27109 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27110 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27111 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27112
27113 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27114 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27115 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27116 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27117
27118 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27119 \\{tar-mode-map}
27120
27121 \(fn)" t nil)
27122
27123 ;;;***
27124 \f
27125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22164 57535 575192
27126 ;;;;;; 607000))
27127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27128
27129 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27130 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27131 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27132 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27133 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27134 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27135
27136 Variables controlling indentation style:
27137 `tcl-indent-level'
27138 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27139 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27140 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27141
27142 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27143 documentation for details):
27144 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27145 Controls action of TAB key.
27146 `tcl-auto-newline'
27147 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27148 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27149 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27150 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27151 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27152
27153 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27154 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27155 already exist.
27156
27157 \(fn)" t nil)
27158
27159 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27160 Run inferior Tcl process.
27161 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27162 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27163
27164 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27165
27166 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27167 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27168 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27169
27170 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27171
27172 ;;;***
27173 \f
27174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22164 57534 987192
27175 ;;;;;; 607000))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27177
27178 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27179 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27180 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27181 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27182
27183 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27184 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27185 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27186 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27187 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27188
27189 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27190
27191 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27192 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27193 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27194 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27195
27196 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27197
27198 ;;;***
27199 \f
27200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22164 57535 787192 607000))
27201 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27202
27203 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27204 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27205 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27206 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27207 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27208 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27209
27210 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27211
27212 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27213 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27214 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27215 commands to use in that buffer.
27216
27217 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27218
27219 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27220
27221 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27222 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27223
27224 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27225
27226 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27227 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27228 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27229 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27230 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27231 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27232 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27233 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27234 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27235 use in that buffer.
27236 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27237
27238 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27239
27240 ;;;***
27241 \f
27242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22164
27243 ;;;;;; 57534 215192 607000))
27244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27245
27246 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27247 Start coverage on function under point.
27248
27249 \(fn)" t nil)
27250
27251 ;;;***
27252 \f
27253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22164 57535 307192
27254 ;;;;;; 607000))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27256 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27257
27258 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27259 Play the Tetris game.
27260 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27261 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27262 as to form complete rows.
27263
27264 tetris-mode keybindings:
27265 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27266 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27267 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27268 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27269 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27270 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27271 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27272 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27273 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27274
27275 \(fn)" t nil)
27276
27277 ;;;***
27278 \f
27279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22164 57535
27280 ;;;;;; 823192 607000))
27281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27282
27283 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27284 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27285
27286 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27287
27288 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27289 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27290 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27291 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27292 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27293
27294 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27295
27296 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27297 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27298 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27299 if it matches the first line of the file,
27300 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27301
27302 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27303
27304 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27305 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27306 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27307 if the variable is non-nil.")
27308
27309 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27310
27311 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27312 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27313
27314 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27315
27316 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27317 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27318 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27319 See the documentation of that variable.")
27320
27321 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27322
27323 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27324 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27325 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27326 See the documentation of that variable.")
27327
27328 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27329
27330 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27331 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27332 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27333 See the documentation of that variable.")
27334
27335 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27336
27337 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27338 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27339 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27340 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27341 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27342
27343 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27344
27345 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27346 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27347 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27348 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27349
27350 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27351
27352 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27353 User defined LaTeX block names.
27354 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27355
27356 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27357
27358 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27359 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27360 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27361 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27362
27363 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27364
27365 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27366 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27367 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27368 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27369
27370 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27371
27372 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27373 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27374 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27375 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27376
27377 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27378 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27379 for example,
27380
27381 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27382 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27383
27384 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27385 use.")
27386
27387 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27388
27389 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27390 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27391 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27392 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27393 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27394
27395 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27396
27397 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27398
27399 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27400 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27401 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27402
27403 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27404
27405 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27406 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27407 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27408 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27409 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27410
27411 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27412
27413 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27414 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27415
27416 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27417
27418 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27419 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27420
27421 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27422
27423 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27424 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27425 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27426 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27427 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27428 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27429 says which mode to use.
27430
27431 \(fn)" t nil)
27432
27433 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27434
27435 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27436
27437 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27438
27439 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27440 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27441 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27442 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27443 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27444
27445 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27446 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27447 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27448 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27449 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27450 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27451 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27452
27453 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27454 mismatched $'s or braces.
27455
27456 Special commands:
27457 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27458
27459 Mode variables:
27460 tex-run-command
27461 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27462 tex-directory
27463 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27464 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27465 tex-dvi-print-command
27466 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27467 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27468 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27469 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27470 tex-dvi-view-command
27471 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27472 tex-show-queue-command
27473 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27474 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27475
27476 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27477 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27478 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27479
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27483 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27484 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27485 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27486 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27487
27488 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27489 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27490 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27491 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27492 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27493 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27494 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27495
27496 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27497 mismatched $'s or braces.
27498
27499 Special commands:
27500 \\{latex-mode-map}
27501
27502 Mode variables:
27503 latex-run-command
27504 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27505 tex-directory
27506 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27507 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27508 tex-dvi-print-command
27509 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27510 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27511 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27512 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27513 tex-dvi-view-command
27514 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27515 tex-show-queue-command
27516 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27517 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27518
27519 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27520 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27521 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27522
27523 \(fn)" t nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27526 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27527 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27528 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27529 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27530
27531 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27532 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27533 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27534 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27535 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27536 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27537 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27538
27539 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27540 mismatched $'s or braces.
27541
27542 Special commands:
27543 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27544
27545 Mode variables:
27546 slitex-run-command
27547 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27548 tex-directory
27549 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27550 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27551 tex-dvi-print-command
27552 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27553 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27554 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27555 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27556 tex-dvi-view-command
27557 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27558 tex-show-queue-command
27559 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27560 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27561
27562 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27563 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27564 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27565 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27566
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27568
27569 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27570
27571
27572 \(fn)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27575 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27576
27577 \(fn)" t nil)
27578
27579 ;;;***
27580 \f
27581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22164 57535
27582 ;;;;;; 827192 607000))
27583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27584
27585 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27586 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27587 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27588 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27589
27590 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27591 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27592 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27593
27594 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27595
27596 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27597 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27598 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27599 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27600 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27601
27602 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27605 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27606 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27607 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27608
27609 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27610 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27611 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27612 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27613
27614 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27615 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27616
27617 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27618
27619 ;;;***
27620 \f
27621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22164 57535
27622 ;;;;;; 827192 607000))
27623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27624
27625 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27626 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27627
27628 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27629
27630 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27631 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27632
27633 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27634
27635 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27636 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27637
27638 It has these extra commands:
27639 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27640
27641 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27642 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27643 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27644 modified version of TeX input format.
27645
27646 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27647 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27648 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27649 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27650
27651 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27652 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27653 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27654 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27655 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27656 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27657 in the Texinfo file.
27658
27659 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27660 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27661 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27662 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27663 move forward past the closing brace.
27664
27665 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27666 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27667
27668 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27669 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27670 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27671
27672 Here are the functions:
27673
27674 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27675 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27676 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27677
27678 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27679 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27680 texinfo-master-menu
27681
27682 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27683
27684 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27685 which menu descriptions are indented.
27686
27687 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27688 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27689 in the region.
27690
27691 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27692 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27693 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27694 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27695
27696 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27697 be the first node in the file.
27698
27699 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27700 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27701
27702 \(fn)" t nil)
27703
27704 ;;;***
27705 \f
27706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22164
27707 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
27708 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27709
27710 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27711 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27712 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27713 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27714
27715 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27716
27717 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27718 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27719
27720 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27721
27722 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27723 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27724
27725 \(fn)" t nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27728
27729
27730 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27731
27732 ;;;***
27733 \f
27734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22174 6972 812792
27735 ;;;;;; 520000))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27737
27738 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27739 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27740 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27741 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27742 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27743 `line', and `page'.
27744
27745 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27748 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27749 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27750 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27751 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27752 `line', and `page'.
27753
27754 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27755 valid THING.
27756
27757 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27758 positions of the thing found.
27759
27760 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27761
27762 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27763 Return the THING at point.
27764 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27765 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27766 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27767 `line', `number', and `page'.
27768
27769 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27770 strip text properties from the return value.
27771
27772 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27773 a symbol as a valid THING.
27774
27775 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27776
27777 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27778 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27779
27780 \(fn)" nil nil)
27781
27782 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27783 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27784
27785 \(fn)" nil nil)
27786
27787 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27788 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27789
27790 \(fn)" nil nil)
27791
27792 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27793 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27794
27795 \(fn)" nil nil)
27796
27797 ;;;***
27798 \f
27799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22164 57535 827192 607000))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27801
27802 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27803 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27804
27805 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27808 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27809 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27810 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27811
27812 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27815 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27816
27817 \(fn)" t nil)
27818
27819 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27820 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27821
27822 \(fn)" t nil)
27823
27824 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27825
27826 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27827 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27828
27829 \(fn)" t nil)
27830
27831 ;;;***
27832 \f
27833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22164 57534
27834 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
27835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27836 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27837
27838 ;;;***
27839 \f
27840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22164
27841 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27843
27844 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27845 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27846 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27847
27848 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27849
27850 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27851 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27852
27853 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27854
27855 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27856 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27857 The returned string has no composition information.
27858
27859 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27860
27861 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27862 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27863
27864 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27865
27866 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27867 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27868
27869 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27872 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27873 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27874 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27875
27876 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27879 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27880 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27881 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27882
27883 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27886 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27887 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27888
27889 \(fn)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27892 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27893 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27894
27895 \(fn)" t nil)
27896
27897 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27898
27899
27900 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27901
27902 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27903
27904
27905 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27906
27907 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27908
27909
27910 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27911
27912 ;;;***
27913 \f
27914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22174 6972
27915 ;;;;;; 804792 520000))
27916 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27917 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27918
27919 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27920 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27921 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27922 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27923 parameters.
27924 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27925 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27926 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27927
27928 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27929
27930 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27931 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27932 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27933 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27934 parameters.
27935 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27936 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27937 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27938
27939 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27940
27941 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27942 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27943
27944 If
27945 * character before point is a space character,
27946 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27947 constituent),
27948 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27949 characters) from before the space character, and
27950 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27951 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27952 return t.
27953
27954 Otherwise, if
27955 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27956 * character before point is a space character, and
27957 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27958 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27959 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27960
27961 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27962
27963 \(fn)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27966 Adds electric behavior to space character.
27967
27968 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27969 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27970 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27971 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27972
27973 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27974 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27975 variable will be set to the representation.
27976
27977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27978
27979 ;;;***
27980 \f
27981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22164 57535 831192 607000))
27982 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27983
27984 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27985 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27986
27987 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27988 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27989
27990 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27991 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27992 This display updates automatically every minute.
27993 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27994 are displayed as well.
27995 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27996
27997 \(fn)" t nil)
27998
27999 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28000 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28001 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28004 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28005
28006 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28007
28008 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28009 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28012 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28013
28014 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28015 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28016 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28017 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28018 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28019
28020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28023 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28024 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28025 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28026
28027 \(fn)" t nil)
28028
28029 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28030 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28031 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28032 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28033
28034 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28037 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28038
28039 \(fn)" t nil)
28040
28041 ;;;***
28042 \f
28043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22164
28044 ;;;;;; 57533 859192 607000))
28045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28046
28047 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28048 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28049 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28050
28051 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28052 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28053 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28054 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28055 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28056 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28057
28058 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28059 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28060
28061 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28064 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28065
28066 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28067
28068 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28069 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28070 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28071
28072 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28073
28074 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28075 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28076 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28077 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28078
28079 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28080 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28081 DATE should be a date-time string.
28082
28083 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28084
28085 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28086 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28087 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28088
28089 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28090
28091 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28092 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28093
28094 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28095
28096 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28097 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28098
28099 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28100
28101 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28102 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28103 TIME should be a time value.
28104 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28105
28106 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28107
28108 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28109 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28110 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28111
28112 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28113
28114 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28115 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28116 The valid format specifiers are:
28117 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28118 %d is the number of days.
28119 %h is the number of hours.
28120 %m is the number of minutes.
28121 %s is the number of seconds.
28122 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28123 %% is a literal \"%\".
28124
28125 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28126 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28127
28128 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28129 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28130 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28131
28132 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28133 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28134 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28135
28136 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28137
28138 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28139
28140 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28141 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28142
28143 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28144
28145 ;;;***
28146 \f
28147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22176 12043 559798
28148 ;;;;;; 495000))
28149 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28150 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28151 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28152 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28153 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28154 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28155 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28156 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28157 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28158
28159 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28160 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28161 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28162 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28163 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28164 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28165 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28166 look like one of the following:
28167 Time-stamp: <>
28168 Time-stamp: \" \"
28169 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28170 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28171 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28172 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28173 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28174 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28175 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28176 the template.
28177
28178 \(fn)" t nil)
28179
28180 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28181 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28182 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28183
28184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28185
28186 ;;;***
28187 \f
28188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22164
28189 ;;;;;; 57533 883192 607000))
28190 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28191 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28192
28193 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28194 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28195 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28197 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28198 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28199
28200 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28203 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28204 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28205 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28206 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28207 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28208 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28209 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28210 display (non-nil means on).
28211
28212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28215 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28216 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28217 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28218 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28219 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28220 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28221 this function is called within a day.
28222
28223 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28224 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28225 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28226 discover the name of the project.
28227
28228 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28229
28230 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28231 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28232 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28233 begun during the last time segment.
28234
28235 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28236 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28237 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28238 discover the reason.
28239
28240 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28241
28242 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28243 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28244 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28245 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28246 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28247
28248 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28249
28250 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28251 Change to working on a different project.
28252 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28253 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28254 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28255 working on.
28256
28257 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28258
28259 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28260 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28261 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28262
28263 \(fn)" nil nil)
28264
28265 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28266 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28267 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28268
28269 \(fn)" t nil)
28270
28271 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28272 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28273 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28274 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28275 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28276 \"relative to today\".
28277
28278 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28279
28280 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28281 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28282 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28283 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28284
28285 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28286
28287 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28288 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28289 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28290 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28291 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28292 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28293
28294 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28295
28296 ;;;***
28297 \f
28298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28299 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 755192 607000))
28300 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28301
28302 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28303 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28304 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28305 the generated Quail package is saved.
28306
28307 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28308
28309 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28310 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28311 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28312 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28313 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28314 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28315 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28316
28317 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22164 57535 831192 607000))
28322 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28323 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28324 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28325
28326 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28327 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28328 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28329 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28330 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28331
28332 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28333 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28334 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28335
28336 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28337
28338 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28339 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28340 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28341 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28342 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28343
28344 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28345
28346 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28347 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28348 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28349 in the menu in two ways:
28350 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28351 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28352 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28353
28354 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28355 keymap or an alist of alists.
28356 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28357 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28358
28359 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28360
28361 ;;;***
28362 \f
28363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22189
28364 ;;;;;; 60738 5741 19000))
28365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28366
28367 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28368 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28369
28370 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28371 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28372 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28373 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28374 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28375 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28376 file was last visited.
28377
28378 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28379 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28380 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28381 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28382 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28383 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28384 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28385 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28386 for the first item.
28387
28388 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28389 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28390 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28391 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28392 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28393 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28394 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28395 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28396
28397 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28398 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28399 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28400 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28401 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28402
28403 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28404 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28405
28406 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28407
28408 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28409 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28410
28411 \\{todo-mode-map}
28412
28413 \(fn)" t nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28416 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28417
28418 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28419
28420 \(fn)" t nil)
28421
28422 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28423 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28424
28425 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28426
28427 \(fn)" t nil)
28428
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22164 57535 831192
28432 ;;;;;; 607000))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28434
28435 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28436 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28437 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28438
28439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28440
28441 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28442 Add an item to the tool bar.
28443 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28444 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28445 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28446 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28447
28448 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28449 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28450 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28451 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28452
28453 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28454 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28455
28456 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28457
28458 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28459 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28460 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28461 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28462 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28463 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28464
28465 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28466 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28467 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28468 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28469
28470 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28471
28472 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28473 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28474 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28475 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28476 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28477 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28478 properties to add to the binding.
28479
28480 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28481
28482 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28483 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28484
28485 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28486
28487 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28488 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28489 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28490 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28491 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28492 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28493 properties to add to the binding.
28494
28495 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28496 holds a keymap.
28497
28498 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28499
28500 ;;;***
28501 \f
28502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22164 57534 215192
28503 ;;;;;; 607000))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28505
28506 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28507 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28508 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28509 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28510 to a tcp server on another machine.
28511
28512 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28513
28514 ;;;***
28515 \f
28516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22164 57534
28517 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
28518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28519
28520 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28521 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28522
28523 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28524
28525 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28526 Helper function to get internal values.
28527 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28528
28529 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28530
28531 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28532 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28533 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28534 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28535
28536 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28537 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28538 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28539 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28540 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28541
28542 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28543 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28544 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28545 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28546
28547 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28548
28549 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28550
28551 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28552 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28553 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28554 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28555
28556 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28557
28558 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28559
28560 ;;;***
28561 \f
28562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22191 16060 585822
28563 ;;;;;; 179000))
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28565
28566 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28567 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28568 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28569
28570 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28571
28572 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
28573 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28574
28575 It can have the following values:
28576
28577 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
28578 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
28579
28580 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28581
28582 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28583 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28584 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28585
28586 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28587
28588 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28589 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28590 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28591
28592 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28593 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28594 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28595 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28596 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28597 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28598 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28599 files which are not really Tramp files.
28600
28601 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28602 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28603 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28604 updated after changing this variable.
28605
28606 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28607
28608 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28609 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28610 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28611
28612 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28613
28614 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28615 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28616 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28617
28618 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28619 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28620 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28621
28622 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28623 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28624 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28625 updated after changing this variable.
28626
28627 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28628
28629 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28630 Alist of completion handler functions.
28631 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28632 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28633 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28634
28635 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28636 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28637 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28638 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28639
28640 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28641 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28642 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28643
28644 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28645 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28646
28647 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28648 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28649
28650 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28651
28652 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28653
28654
28655 \(fn)" nil nil)
28656
28657 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28658 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28659
28660 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28661
28662 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28663 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28664
28665 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28666
28667 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28668 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28669
28670 \(fn)" t nil)
28671
28672 ;;;***
28673 \f
28674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22168 54586
28675 ;;;;;; 890696 972000))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28677
28678 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28679
28680
28681 \(fn)" nil nil)
28682
28683 ;;;***
28684 \f
28685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22168 54586 978696
28686 ;;;;;; 972000))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28688 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
28689
28690 ;;;***
28691 \f
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22164 57535 831192
28693 ;;;;;; 607000))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28695
28696 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28697 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28698 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28699 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28700 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28701 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28702 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28703 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28704
28705 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28706 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28707 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28708
28709 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28710 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28711 resumed later.
28712
28713 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28714
28715 ;;;***
28716 \f
28717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28718 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28720
28721 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28722
28723
28724 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22164
28729 ;;;;;; 57535 827192 607000))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28731 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28732 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28733 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28734
28735 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28736 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28737 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28738 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28739 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28740 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28741 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28742
28743 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28744
28745 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28746 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28747 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28748 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28749
28750 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28751
28752 \(fn)" t nil)
28753
28754 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28755 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28756 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28757 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28758 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28759 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28760 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28761
28762 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28763 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28764
28765 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28766 \\___/\\
28767 / \\
28768 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28769
28770 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28771
28772 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28773
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22164 57535 831192
28777 ;;;;;; 607000))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28779
28780 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28781 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28782 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28785 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28786
28787 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28790 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28791 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28792
28793 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28794 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28795 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28796 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28797 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28798 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28799 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28800
28801 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28802 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28803
28804 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28805 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28806 reset the keystroke counter.
28807
28808 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28809 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28810 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28811 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28812
28813 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28814 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28815 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28816 `type-break-schedule' command.
28817
28818 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28819 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28820 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28821 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28822 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28823 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28824 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28825 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28826 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28827
28828 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28829 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28830 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28831 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28832 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28833
28834 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28835 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28836 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28837 approximate good values for this.
28838
28839 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28840 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28841
28842 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28843 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28844 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28845 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28846 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28847 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28848
28849 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28850 a typing break occur. They include:
28851
28852 `type-break-query-mode'
28853 `type-break-query-function'
28854 `type-break-query-interval'
28855
28856 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28857
28858 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28859 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28860 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28861 problems.
28862
28863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28864
28865 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28866 Take a typing break.
28867
28868 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28869 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28870
28871 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28872 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28873
28874 \(fn)" t nil)
28875
28876 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28877 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28878 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28879 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28880
28881 \(fn)" t nil)
28882
28883 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28884 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28885
28886 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28887 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28888 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28889 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28890 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28891 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28892 average typing speed.)
28893
28894 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28895 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28896 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28897 the computed maximum threshold.
28898
28899 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28900 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28901 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28902 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28903 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28904
28905 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28906
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22164 57534 843192 607000))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28911
28912 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28913 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28914 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28915 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28916 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28917
28918 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28919
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 755192 607000))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28925
28926 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28927 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28928
28929 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28930
28931 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28932 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28933
28934 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28935
28936 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28937 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28938
28939 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28942 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28943
28944 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28945
28946 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28947 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28948
28949 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28950
28951 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28952 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28953
28954 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28955
28956 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28957 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28958
28959 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28960
28961 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28962 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28963
28964 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28967 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28968
28969 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28970
28971 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28972 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28973
28974 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28977 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28978
28979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28980
28981 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28982 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28983
28984 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28985
28986 ;;;***
28987 \f
28988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22164
28989 ;;;;;; 57535 827192 607000))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28991
28992 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28993 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28994 Works by overstriking underscores.
28995 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28996 which specify the range to operate on.
28997
28998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29001 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29002 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29003 which specify the range to operate on.
29004
29005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29006
29007 ;;;***
29008 \f
29009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22164 57534 843192
29010 ;;;;;; 607000))
29011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29012
29013 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29014 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29015 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29016 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29017 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29018 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29019
29020 \(fn)" nil nil)
29021
29022 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29023 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29024 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29025
29026 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29027
29028 ;;;***
29029 \f
29030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22164 57534
29031 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
29032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29033
29034 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29035 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29036 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29037 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29038
29039 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29040
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22164 57535 839192 607000))
29044 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29045
29046 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29047 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29048 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29049 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29050 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29051
29052 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29053 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29054 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29055 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29056 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29057 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29058
29059 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29060 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29061 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29062
29063 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29064 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29065 the callback is not called).
29066
29067 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29068 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29069 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29070 take effect.
29071
29072 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29073 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29074 the server.
29075 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29076 URL-encoded before it's used.
29077
29078 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29081 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29082 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29083 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29084 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29085
29086 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29087
29088 ;;;***
29089 \f
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22164 57535 835192
29091 ;;;;;; 607000))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29093
29094 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29095 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29096 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29097
29098 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29099 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29100 `url-generic-parse-url'
29101 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29102 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29103 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29104 realm
29105 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29106 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29107 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29108 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29109 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29110 what type of auth to use
29111 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29112 if one cannot be found in the cache
29113
29114 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29117 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29118
29119 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29120 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29121 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29122 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29123 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29124 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29125 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29126 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29127
29128 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29129
29130 ;;;***
29131 \f
29132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22164 57535
29133 ;;;;;; 835192 607000))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29135
29136 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29137 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29138
29139 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29142 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29143 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29144
29145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29146
29147 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29148 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29149
29150 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29151
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22164 57535 835192
29155 ;;;;;; 607000))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29157
29158 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29159
29160
29161 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29162
29163 ;;;***
29164 \f
29165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22164 57535 835192
29166 ;;;;;; 607000))
29167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29170 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29171 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29172
29173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29176 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29177 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29178 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29179
29180 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29181 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29182 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29183 though.
29184
29185 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29186
29187 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29188 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29189 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29190
29191 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29194
29195
29196 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29197
29198 ;;;***
29199 \f
29200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22164 57535 835192
29201 ;;;;;; 607000))
29202 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29203
29204 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29205 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29206
29207 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29208
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22164 57535 835192
29212 ;;;;;; 607000))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29214
29215 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29216 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29217
29218 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29219
29220 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29221 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29222 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29223 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29224 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29225
29226 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29227 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29228
29229 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29230
29231 ;;;***
29232 \f
29233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22164
29234 ;;;;;; 57535 835192 607000))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29236
29237 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29238 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29239 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29242 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29243
29244 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29245
29246 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29247 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29251
29252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29253
29254 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29255 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29256 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29257 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29258
29259 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29262 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29263 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29264 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29265 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29266 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29267 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29268 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29269 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29270 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29271
29272 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29273
29274 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29275 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29276 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29277 accessible.
29278
29279 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29280
29281 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29282 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29283 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29284 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29285
29286 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29289
29290
29291 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29292
29293 ;;;***
29294 \f
29295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22164 57535 839192
29296 ;;;;;; 607000))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29298 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29299
29300 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29301 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29302 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29303 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29304 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29305
29306 ;;;***
29307 \f
29308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22164 57535 839192
29309 ;;;;;; 607000))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29311
29312 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29313
29314
29315 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29316
29317 ;;;***
29318 \f
29319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22164 57535 839192
29320 ;;;;;; 607000))
29321 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29322
29323 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29324 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29325 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29326 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29327 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29328
29329 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29330
29331 ;;;***
29332 \f
29333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22164 57535
29334 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29335 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29336
29337 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29338
29339
29340 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29341
29342 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29343 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29344
29345 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29346
29347 ;;;***
29348 \f
29349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22164 57535 839192
29350 ;;;;;; 607000))
29351 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29352
29353 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29354 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29355
29356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29357
29358 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29359 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29360
29361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29362
29363 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29364
29365
29366 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29367
29368 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29369
29370 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29371
29372 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29373
29374 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29375 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29376
29377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29378
29379 ;;;***
29380 \f
29381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22164 57535 839192
29382 ;;;;;; 607000))
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29384
29385 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29386
29387
29388 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29389
29390 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29391
29392
29393 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29394
29395 ;;;***
29396 \f
29397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22164 57535 839192
29398 ;;;;;; 607000))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29400
29401 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29402
29403
29404 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29405
29406 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29407
29408
29409 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29410
29411 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29412
29413
29414 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29415
29416 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29417
29418
29419 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29420
29421 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29422
29423
29424 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29425
29426 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29427
29428
29429 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29430
29431 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29432
29433
29434 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29435
29436 ;;;***
29437 \f
29438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22164 57535
29439 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29441
29442 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29443 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29444
29445 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29448 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29449 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29450
29451 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29452 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29453 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29454 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29455 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29456 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29457 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29458 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29459 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29460 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29461 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29462 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29463 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29464 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29465
29466 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29467 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29468 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29469
29470 Here is an example. The URL
29471
29472 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29473
29474 parses to
29475
29476 TYPE = \"foo\"
29477 USER = \"bob\"
29478 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29479 HOST = \"example.com\"
29480 PORTSPEC = 42
29481 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29482 TARGET = \"nose\"
29483 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29484 FULLNESS = t
29485
29486 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29487
29488 ;;;***
29489 \f
29490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22164 57535
29491 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29493
29494 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29495 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29496
29497 \(fn)" t nil)
29498
29499 ;;;***
29500 \f
29501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22164 57535
29502 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29503 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29504
29505 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29506 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29507 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29508 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29509 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29510 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29511
29512 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29513
29514 ;;;***
29515 \f
29516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22174 6972
29517 ;;;;;; 820792 520000))
29518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29519
29520 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29521 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29522 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29523
29524 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29525
29526 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29527 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29528 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29529 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29530
29531 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29532
29533 ;;;***
29534 \f
29535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22164 57535 839192
29536 ;;;;;; 607000))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29538
29539 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29540 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29541 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29542
29543 If t, all messages will be logged.
29544 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29545 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29546
29547 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29548
29549 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29550
29551
29552 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29553
29554 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29555
29556
29557 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29558
29559 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29560 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29561 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29562 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29563 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29564 & ==> &amp;
29565 < ==> &lt;
29566 > ==> &gt;
29567 \" ==> &quot;
29568
29569 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29570
29571 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29572 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29573 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29574
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29576
29577 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29578 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29579 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29580
29581 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29582
29583 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29584 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29585
29586 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29587
29588 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29589 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29590
29591 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29592
29593 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29594 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29595
29596 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29599
29600
29601 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29602
29603 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29604
29605
29606 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29607
29608 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29609
29610 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29611 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29612
29613 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29614
29615 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29616 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29617
29618 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29619
29620 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29621
29622
29623 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29624
29625 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29626 Build a query-string.
29627
29628 Given a QUERY in the form:
29629 ((key1 val1)
29630 (key2 val2)
29631 (key3 val1 val2)
29632 (key4)
29633 (key5 \"\"))
29634
29635 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29636
29637 This will return a string
29638 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29639 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29640 be used.
29641
29642 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29643
29644 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29645 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29646
29647 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29648
29649 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29650 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29651 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29652 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29653 forbidden in URL encoding.
29654
29655 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29656
29657 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29658 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29659 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29660 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29661 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29662 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29663
29664 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29665 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29666 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29667 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29668
29669 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29672 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29673 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29674 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29675 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29676 should return it unchanged.
29677
29678 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29679
29680 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29681 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29682 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29683 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29684
29685 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29686
29687 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29688 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29689 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29690
29691 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29692
29693 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29694 View the current document's URL.
29695 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29696 the minibuffer.
29697
29698 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29699
29700 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29701
29702 ;;;***
29703 \f
29704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22164 57535 839192
29705 ;;;;;; 607000))
29706 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29707
29708 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29709 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29710 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29711 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29712 to refrain from editing the file
29713 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29714 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29715 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29716 in any way you like.
29717
29718 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29719
29720 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29721 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29722 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29723 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29724 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29725
29726 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29727 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29728
29729 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29730
29731 ;;;***
29732 \f
29733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22164 57534
29734 ;;;;;; 755192 607000))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29736
29737 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29738
29739
29740 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29741
29742 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29743
29744
29745 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29746
29747 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29748
29749
29750 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29751
29752 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29753
29754
29755 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29756
29757 ;;;***
29758 \f
29759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22164 57534 703192 607000))
29760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29761
29762 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29763 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29764
29765 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29766
29767 ;;;***
29768 \f
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22164 57534
29770 ;;;;;; 843192 607000))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29772
29773 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29774 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29775 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29776 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29777
29778 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29779
29780 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29781 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29782 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29783
29784 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29785
29786 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29787 Uudecode region between START and END.
29788 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29789
29790 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29791
29792 ;;;***
29793 \f
29794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22164 57535 887192 607000))
29795 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29796
29797 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29798 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29799 See `run-hooks'.")
29800
29801 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29802
29803 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29804 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29805 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29806
29807 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29808
29809 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29810 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29811 See `run-hooks'.")
29812
29813 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29814
29815 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29816 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29817
29818 If FILE is already registered, return the
29819 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29820 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29821 responsible for FILE is returned.
29822
29823 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29824
29825 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29826 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29827 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29828 same state. If not, signal an error.
29829
29830 For merging-based version control systems:
29831 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29832 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29833 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29834 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29835 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29836 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29837
29838 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29839 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29840 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29841 the file(s) for editing.
29842 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29843 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29844 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29845 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29846 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29847
29848 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29849
29850 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29851 Register into a version control system.
29852 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29853 Otherwise register the current file.
29854 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29855
29856 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29857 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29858 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29859 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29860 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29861 first backend that could register the file is used.
29862
29863 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29864
29865 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29866 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29867
29868 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29869
29870 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29871 Display diffs between file revisions.
29872 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29873 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29874 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29875
29876 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29877 saving the buffer.
29878
29879 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29880
29881 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29882 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29883 repository history using ediff.
29884
29885 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29886
29887 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29888 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29889 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29890 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29891 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29892
29893 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29894 saving the buffer.
29895
29896 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29897
29898 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29899 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29900 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29901 fileset with the working revision.
29902 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29903 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29904
29905 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29906 saving the buffer.
29907
29908 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29909
29910 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29911 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29912 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29913
29914 \(fn)" nil nil)
29915
29916 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29917 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29918 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29919 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29920
29921 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29922
29923 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29924 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29925 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29926 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29927
29928 \(fn)" t nil)
29929
29930 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29931 Perform a version control merge operation.
29932 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29933 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29934 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29935 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29936
29937 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29938 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29939 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29940 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29941 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29942 changes from the current branch.
29943
29944 \(fn)" t nil)
29945
29946 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29947 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29948
29949 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29950
29951 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29952
29953 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29954 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29955 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29956 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29957 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29958 checked out in that new branch.
29959
29960 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29961
29962 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29963 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29964 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29965 named branch in the directory DIR.
29966 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29967 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29968 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29969 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29970 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29971 allowed and simply skipped).
29972
29973 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29974
29975 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29976 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29977 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29978 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29979 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29980
29981 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29982 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29983
29984 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29985
29986 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29987 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29988 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29989 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29990 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29991
29992 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29993
29994 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29995 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29996 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29997
29998 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29999
30000 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30001 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30002 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30003
30004 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30005
30006 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30007 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30008
30009 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30010
30011 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30012 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30013 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30014 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30015
30016 \(fn)" t nil)
30017
30018 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30019
30020 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30021 Update the current fileset or branch.
30022 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30023 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30024 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30025 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30026 command to run.
30027
30028 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30029 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30030 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30031 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30032 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30033
30034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30035
30036 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30037
30038 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30039 Push the current branch.
30040 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30041 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30042 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30043 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30044 VCS command to run.
30045
30046 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30047 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30048
30049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30050
30051 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30052 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30053 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30054 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30055 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30056 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30057 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30058
30059 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30060
30061 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30062 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30063 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30064 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30065 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30066 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30067 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30068 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30069 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30070
30071 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30072
30073 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30074 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30075 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30076 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30077
30078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30079
30080 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30081 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30082 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30083 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30084
30085 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30086
30087 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30088 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30089 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30090 directory.
30091
30092 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30093
30094 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30095 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30096 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30097
30098 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30099 log entries should be gathered.
30100
30101 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30102
30103 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30104 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30105
30106 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30107
30108 ;;;***
30109 \f
30110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22164 57535
30111 ;;;;;; 863192 607000))
30112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30113
30114 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30115 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30116
30117 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30118 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30119 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30120 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30121 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30122 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30123
30124 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30125 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30126 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30127 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30128 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30129 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30130 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30131 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30132
30133 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30134
30135 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30136
30137 Customization variables:
30138
30139 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30140 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30141 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30142 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30143 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30144 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30145
30146 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30147
30148 ;;;***
30149 \f
30150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22164 57535 863192
30151 ;;;;;; 607000))
30152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30153
30154 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30155 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30156
30157 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30158 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30159 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30160 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30161 (progn
30162 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30163 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30164
30165 ;;;***
30166 \f
30167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22164 57535 863192
30168 ;;;;;; 607000))
30169 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30170 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30171 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30172 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30173 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30174 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30175 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30176
30177 ;;;***
30178 \f
30179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22164 57535 867192
30180 ;;;;;; 607000))
30181 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30182
30183 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30184 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30185 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30186 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30187 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30188
30189 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30190 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30191 The file lines appear later.
30192
30193 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30194 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30195
30196 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30197
30198 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30199
30200 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30201
30202 ;;;***
30203 \f
30204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22164
30205 ;;;;;; 57535 867192 607000))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30207
30208 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30209 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30210 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30211 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30212 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30213 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30214 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30215 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30216 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30217 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30218 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30219 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30220 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30221 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30222 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30223
30224 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30225
30226 ;;;***
30227 \f
30228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22189 60739 313741
30229 ;;;;;; 19000))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30231 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30232 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30233 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30234 (progn
30235 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30236 (vc-git-registered file))))
30237
30238 ;;;***
30239 \f
30240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22189 60739 313741 19000))
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30242 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30243 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30244 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30245 (progn
30246 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30247 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30248
30249 ;;;***
30250 \f
30251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22189 60739 313741
30252 ;;;;;; 19000))
30253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30254
30255 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30256 Name of the monotone directory.")
30257
30258 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30259 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30260 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30261 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30262 (progn
30263 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30264 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30265
30266 ;;;***
30267 \f
30268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22164 57535 883192
30269 ;;;;;; 607000))
30270 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30271
30272 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30273 Where to look for RCS master files.
30274 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30275
30276 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30277
30278 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30279
30280 ;;;***
30281 \f
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22164 57535 883192
30283 ;;;;;; 607000))
30284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30285
30286 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30287 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30288 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30289
30290 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30291
30292 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30293
30294 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30295 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30296 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30297 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30298
30299 ;;;***
30300 \f
30301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22164 57535 883192
30302 ;;;;;; 607000))
30303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30304
30305 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30306 Where to look for SRC master files.
30307 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30308
30309 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30310
30311 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30312
30313 ;;;***
30314 \f
30315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22164 57535 887192
30316 ;;;;;; 607000))
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30318 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30319 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30320 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30321 "_svn")
30322 (t ".svn"))))
30323 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30324 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30325 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30326
30327 ;;;***
30328 \f
30329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22164
30330 ;;;;;; 57535 579192 607000))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30332 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30333 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30334
30335 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30336 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30337
30338 Usage:
30339 ------
30340
30341 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30342 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30343 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30344 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30345
30346 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30347 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30348 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30349 completions.
30350
30351 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30352 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30353
30354 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30355 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30356
30357 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30358 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30359 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30360
30361 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30362
30363
30364 Maintenance:
30365 ------------
30366
30367 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30368 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30369
30370 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30371
30372 Official distribution is at
30373 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30374
30375
30376 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30377 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30378
30379 Key bindings:
30380 -------------
30381
30382 \\{vera-mode-map}
30383
30384 \(fn)" t nil)
30385
30386 ;;;***
30387 \f
30388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30389 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 607192 607000))
30390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30391
30392 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30393 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30394 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30395 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30396 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30397
30398 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30399
30400 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30401 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30402
30403 Supports highlighting.
30404
30405 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30406 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30407
30408 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30409
30410 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30411 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30412 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30413 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30414 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30415 on the left side of your screen.
30416 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30417 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30418 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30419 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30420 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30421 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30422 function keyword.
30423 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30424 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30425 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30426 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30427 if (a)
30428 begin
30429 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30430 Indentation for case statements.
30431 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30432 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30433 mark after an end.
30434 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30435 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30436 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30437 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30438 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30439 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30440 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30441 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30442 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30443 if (a)
30444 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30445 otherwise you get:
30446 if (a)
30447 begin
30448 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30449 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30450 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30451 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30452 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30453 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30454 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30455 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30456 comments in tight quarters.
30457 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30458 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30459
30460 Variables controlling other actions:
30461
30462 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30463 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30464 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30465
30466 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30467
30468 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30469
30470 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30471 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30472 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30473
30474 Some other functions are:
30475
30476 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30477 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30478 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30479 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30480 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30481
30482 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30483 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30484 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30485 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30486
30487 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30488 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30489 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30490 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30494 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30495 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30496 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30497 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30498 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30499 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30500 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30501 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30502 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30503 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30504 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30505 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30506 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30507 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30508 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30509 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30510 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30511 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30512 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30513 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30514 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30515 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30516 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30517 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30518
30519 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30520 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30521
30522 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30523
30524 \(fn)" t nil)
30525
30526 ;;;***
30527 \f
30528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22189
30529 ;;;;;; 60739 197741 19000))
30530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30531
30532 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30533 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30534
30535 Usage:
30536 ------
30537
30538 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30539 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30540 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30541 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30542 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30543 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30544 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30545 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30546 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30547
30548 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30549 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30550 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30551 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30552
30553 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30554 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30555 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30556 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30557 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30558
30559 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30560 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30561
30562
30563 HEADER INSERTION:
30564 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30565 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30566 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30567
30568
30569 STUTTERING:
30570 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30571 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30572 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30573 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30574
30575 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30576 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30577 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30578 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30579 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30580
30581
30582 WORD COMPLETION:
30583 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30584 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30585 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30586 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30587
30588 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30589 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30590 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30591 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30592 beginning with \"std\").
30593
30594 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30595 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30596 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30597 stop.
30598
30599
30600 COMMENTS:
30601 `--' puts a single comment.
30602 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30603 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30604 with a comment in between.
30605 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30606 out following lines.
30607 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30608 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30609 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30610 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30611
30612 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30613 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30614 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30615 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30616 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30617 non-nil.
30618
30619 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30620 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30621 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30622 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30623 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30624 multi-line comments.
30625
30626
30627 INDENTATION:
30628 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30629 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30630 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30631 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30632 the entire region.
30633
30634 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30635 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30636 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30637 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30638
30639 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30640 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30641 tabs and vice versa.
30642
30643 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30644 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30645
30646 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30647 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30648 line.
30649
30650
30651 ALIGNMENT:
30652 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30653 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30654 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30655 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30656 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30657 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30658 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30659 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30660
30661 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30662 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30663 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30664 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30665 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30666 is non-nil.
30667
30668 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30669 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30670 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30671
30672 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30673 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30674
30675
30676 CODE FILLING:
30677 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30678 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30679 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30680 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30681 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30682 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30683
30684
30685 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30686 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30687 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30688 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30689 command:
30690
30691 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30692
30693
30694 PORT TRANSLATION:
30695 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30696 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30697 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30698 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30699 internal signal initializations (menu).
30700
30701 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30702 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30703 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30704
30705 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30706 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30707 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30708 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30709 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30710 in subsequent paste operations.)
30711
30712 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30713 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30714 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30715
30716
30717 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30718 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30719 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30720 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30721 association list with formals).
30722
30723
30724 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30725 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30726 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30727 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30728 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30729 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30730 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30731 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30732 `vhdl-testbench'.
30733
30734
30735 KEY BINDINGS:
30736 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30737
30738
30739 VHDL MENU:
30740 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30741
30742
30743 FILE BROWSER:
30744 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30745 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30746 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30747
30748 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30749 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30750
30751
30752 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30753 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30754 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30755 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30756
30757 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30758 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30759 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30760
30761 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30762 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30763 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30764 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30765
30766 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30767 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30768 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30769 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30770 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30771
30772 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30773 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30774 required by secondary units.
30775
30776
30777 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30778 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30779 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30780 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30781 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30782 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30783 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30784 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30785 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30786 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30787 inputs to this component -> input port created
30788 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30789 outputs from this component -> output port created
30790 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30791 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30792
30793 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30794 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30795 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30796 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30797 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30798
30799 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30800 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30801
30802 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30803 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30804 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30805 component instantiation is also supported (option
30806 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30807
30808 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30809 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30810 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30811 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30812 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30813 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30814 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30815 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30816 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30817 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30818 generating the configuration.
30819
30820 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30821 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30822 configurations in speedbar.
30823
30824 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30825
30826
30827 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30828 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30829 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30830 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30831 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30832 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30833 information. New compilers can be added.
30834
30835 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30836 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30837
30838
30839 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30840 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30841 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30842 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30843 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30844
30845 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30846 command:
30847
30848 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30849 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30850 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30851
30852 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30853 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30854 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30855 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30856 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30857 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30858 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30859 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30860 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30861
30862 Limitations:
30863 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30864 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30865 not (yet) supported.
30866 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30867 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30868 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30869
30870
30871 PROJECTS:
30872 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30873 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30874 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30875 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30876 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30877 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30878 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30879 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30880
30881 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30882 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30883 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30884 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30885 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30886 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30887 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30888 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30889 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30890 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30891 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30892
30893
30894 SPECIAL MENUES:
30895 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30896 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30897 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30898 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30899 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30900 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30901 current directory for VHDL source files.
30902
30903
30904 VHDL STANDARDS:
30905 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30906 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30907
30908
30909 KEYWORD CASE:
30910 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30911 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30912 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30913 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30914 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30915 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30916 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30917 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30918
30919
30920 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30921 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30922 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30923 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30924 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30925 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30926 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30927
30928 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30929 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30930 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30931 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30932 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30933 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30934
30935 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30936 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30937 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30938 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30939 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30940 visually.
30941
30942 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30943 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30944 highlighted if written in lower case.
30945
30946 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30947 highlighted using a different background color if option
30948 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30949
30950 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30951 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30952 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30953 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30954 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30955
30956
30957 USER MODELS:
30958 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30959 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30960 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30961
30962
30963 HIDE/SHOW:
30964 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30965 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30966 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30967 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30968 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30969
30970
30971 CODE UPDATING:
30972 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30973 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30974 Limitations:
30975 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30976 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30977 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30978 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30979 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30980 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30981 (used to obtain the port names).
30982 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30983 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30984 sensitivity lists.
30985
30986
30987 CODE FIXING:
30988 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30989 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30990
30991
30992 PRINTING:
30993 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30994 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30995 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30996 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30997 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30998 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30999 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31000 printers.
31001
31002
31003 OPTIONS:
31004 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31005 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31006 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31007 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31008 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31009
31010 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31011 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31012 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31013 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31014 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31015 INSTALL file).
31016
31017 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31018 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31019
31020
31021 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31022 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31023 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31024 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31025
31026 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31027
31028
31029 HINTS:
31030 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31031 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31032
31033 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31034
31035 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31036
31037 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31038
31039
31040 RELEASE NOTES:
31041 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31042
31043
31044 Maintenance:
31045 ------------
31046
31047 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31048 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31049
31050 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31051
31052 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31053 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31054 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31055 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31056
31057 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31058 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31059 where the latest version can be found.
31060
31061
31062 Known problems:
31063 ---------------
31064
31065 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31066 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31067 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31068 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31069
31070
31071 The VHDL Mode Authors
31072 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31073
31074 Key bindings:
31075 -------------
31076
31077 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31078
31079 \(fn)" t nil)
31080
31081 ;;;***
31082 \f
31083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22164
31084 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
31085 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31086
31087 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31088 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31089
31090 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31091
31092 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31093 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31094 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31095 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31096
31097 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31098
31099 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31100 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31101
31102 \(fn)" t nil)
31103
31104 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31105 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31106 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31107 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31108
31109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31110
31111 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31112 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31113
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31115
31116 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31117
31118
31119 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31120
31121 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31122
31123
31124 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31125
31126 ;;;***
31127 \f
31128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22164 57535 891192 607000))
31129 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31130
31131 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31132 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31133 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31134
31135 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31136
31137 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31138 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31139 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31140 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31141
31142 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31143
31144 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31145 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31146
31147 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31148
31149 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31150 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31151 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31152 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31153 moving around in the buffer.
31154 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31155 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31156
31157 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31158
31159 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31160
31161 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31162 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31163 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31164 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31165
31166 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31167 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31168 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31169 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31170 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31171
31172 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31173
31174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31175
31176 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31177 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31178 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31179 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31180 buffer.
31181
31182 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31183 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31184 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31185 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31186 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31187
31188 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31189
31190 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31191
31192 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31193 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31194 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31195 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31196 moving around in the buffer.
31197 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31198 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31199
31200 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31201
31202 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31203 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31204 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31205
31206 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31207 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31208 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31209 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31210
31211 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31212 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31213 own View-like bindings.
31214
31215 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31216
31217 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31218 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31219 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31220 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31221 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31222 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31223 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31224
31225 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31226
31227 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31228
31229 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31230 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31231 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31232
31233 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31234 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31235 own View-like bindings.
31236
31237 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31238
31239 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31240 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31242 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31243 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31245 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31246
31247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31248
31249 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31250
31251 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31252 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31253 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31254
31255 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31256 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31257 own View-like bindings.
31258
31259 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31260
31261 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31262 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31264 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31265 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31266
31267 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31268 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31269 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31270 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31271
31272 \\<view-mode-map>
31273
31274 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31275 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31276 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31277 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31278 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31279 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31280 to a repeat count of one.
31281
31282 H, h, ? This message.
31283 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31284 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31285 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31286 > move to the end of buffer.
31287 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31288 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31289 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31290 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31291 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31292 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31293 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31294 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31295 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31296 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31297 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31298 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31299 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31300 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31301 Use this to view a changing file.
31302 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31303 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31304 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31305 . set the mark.
31306 x exchanges point and mark.
31307 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31308 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31309 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31310 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31311 ' go to position saved in character register.
31312 s do forward incremental search.
31313 r do reverse incremental search.
31314 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31315 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31316 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31317 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31318 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31319 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31320 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31321 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31322 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31323 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31324 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31325 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31326 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31327 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31328 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31329 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31330 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31331
31332 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31333 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31334 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31335 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31336 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31337 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31338 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31339 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31340 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31341
31342 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31343
31344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31345
31346 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31347 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31348 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31349 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31350 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31351 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31352 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31353 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31354 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31355
31356 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31357
31358 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31359
31360 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31361 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31362 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31363 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31364 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31365 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31366
31367 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31368 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31369 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31370
31371 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31372
31373 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31374
31375 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31376
31377 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31378 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31379
31380 \(fn)" t nil)
31381
31382 ;;;***
31383 \f
31384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22164 57534 239192
31385 ;;;;;; 607000))
31386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31387 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31388
31389 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31390 Toggle Viper on/off.
31391 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31392
31393 \(fn)" t nil)
31394
31395 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31396 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31397
31398 \(fn)" t nil)
31399
31400 ;;;***
31401 \f
31402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22164
31403 ;;;;;; 57534 215192 607000))
31404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31405
31406 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31407 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31408 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31409 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31410 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31411 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31412 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31413 the beginning of the warning.")
31414
31415 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31416 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31417 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31418 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31419 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31420 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31421 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31422 also call that function before the next warning.")
31423
31424 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31425 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31426
31427 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31428 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31429 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31430 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31431
31432 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31433 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31434 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31435 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31436 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31437 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31438
31439 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31440 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31441 Default is :warning.
31442
31443 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31444 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31445 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31446 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31447 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31448 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31449
31450 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31451 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31452 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31453
31454 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31455
31456 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31457 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31458
31459 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31460
31461 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31462 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31463 \\<special-mode-map>
31464 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31465 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31466
31467 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31468 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31469 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31470 can be whatever you like.)
31471
31472 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31473 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31474
31475 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31476 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31477 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31478 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31479 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31480
31481 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31482
31483 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31484 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31485 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31486 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31487 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31488
31489 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31490
31491 ;;;***
31492 \f
31493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22164 57535 895192 607000))
31494 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31495 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31496
31497 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31498 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31499 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31500 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31501 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31502 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31503 directories to reflect your edits.
31504
31505 See `wdired-mode'.
31506
31507 \(fn)" t nil)
31508
31509 ;;;***
31510 \f
31511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22164 57535 31192
31512 ;;;;;; 607000))
31513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31514
31515 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31516 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31517
31518 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31519 hotlist.
31520
31521 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31522 <nwv@acm.org>.
31523
31524 \(fn)" t nil)
31525
31526 ;;;***
31527 \f
31528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22164
31529 ;;;;;; 57535 635192 607000))
31530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31531 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31532 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31533
31534 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31535
31536 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31537 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31538 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31541 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31542
31543 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31544
31545 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31546 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31550
31551 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31552 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31553 in certain major modes.
31554
31555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31556
31557 ;;;***
31558 \f
31559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22164 57535 899192
31560 ;;;;;; 607000))
31561 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31562 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31563
31564 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31565 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31568 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31569
31570 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31571 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31572
31573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31574
31575 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31576 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31578 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31579 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31580
31581 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31582 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31583 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31584 use `whitespace-mode'.
31585
31586 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31587
31588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31589
31590 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31591 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31592 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31595 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31596
31597 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31598
31599 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31600 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31602 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31603 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31604
31605 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31606 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31607
31608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31609
31610 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31611 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31612 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31615 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31616
31617 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31618
31619 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31620 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31621 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31622 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31623 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31624
31625 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31626 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31627 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31628 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31629
31630 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31631
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31633
31634 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31635 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31636
31637 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31638 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31639
31640 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31641 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31642
31643 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31644
31645 CHAR MEANING
31646 (VIA FACES)
31647 f toggle face visualization
31648 t toggle TAB visualization
31649 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31650 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31651 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31652 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31653 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31654 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31655 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31656 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31657 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31658 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31659 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31660 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31661 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31662 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31663 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31664 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31665
31666 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31667 T toggle TAB visualization
31668 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31669 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31670
31671 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31672 ? display brief help
31673
31674 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31675 The valid symbols are:
31676
31677 face toggle face visualization
31678 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31679 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31680 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31681 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31682 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31683 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31684 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31685 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31686 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31687 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31688 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31689 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31690 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31691 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31692 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31693 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31694 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31695
31696 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31697 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31698 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31699
31700 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31701
31702 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31703
31704 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31705
31706 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31707 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31708
31709 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31710 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31711
31712 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31713 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31714
31715 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31716
31717 CHAR MEANING
31718 (VIA FACES)
31719 f toggle face visualization
31720 t toggle TAB visualization
31721 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31722 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31723 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31724 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31725 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31726 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31727 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31728 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31729 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31730 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31731 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31732 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31733 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31734 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31735 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31736 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31737
31738 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31739 T toggle TAB visualization
31740 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31741 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31742
31743 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31744 ? display brief help
31745
31746 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31747 The valid symbols are:
31748
31749 face toggle face visualization
31750 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31751 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31752 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31753 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31754 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31755 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31756 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31757 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31758 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31759 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31760 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31761 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31762 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31763 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31764 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31765 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31766 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31767
31768 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31769 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31770 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31771
31772 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31773
31774 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31775
31776 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31777
31778 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31779 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31780
31781 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31782 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31783 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31784 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31785 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31786
31787 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31788
31789 The problems cleaned up are:
31790
31791 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31792 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31793 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31794 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31795
31796 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31797 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31798 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31799 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31800 SPACEs.
31801 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31802 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31803 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31804 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31805
31806 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31807 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31808 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31809 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31810 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31811 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31812 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31813 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31814
31815 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31816 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31817 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31818
31819 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31820 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31821 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31822 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31823 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31824 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31826 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31827
31828 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31829 documentation.
31830
31831 \(fn)" t nil)
31832
31833 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31834 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31835
31836 The problems cleaned up are:
31837
31838 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31839 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31840 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31841 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31842 SPACEs.
31843 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31844 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31845 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31846 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31847
31848 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31850 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31851 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31852 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31853 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31854 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31855 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31856
31857 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31858 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31859 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31860
31861 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31862 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31863 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31864 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31865 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31866 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31867 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31868 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31869
31870 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31871 documentation.
31872
31873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31874
31875 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31876 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31877
31878 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31879
31880 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31881
31882 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31883 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31884
31885 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31886 non-nil.
31887
31888 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31889 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31890 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31891
31892 empty
31893 trailing
31894 indentation
31895 space-before-tab
31896 space-after-tab
31897
31898 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31899 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31900 report problems.
31901
31902 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31903
31904 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31905 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31906 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31907 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31908 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31909 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31910 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31911
31912 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31913 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31914 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31915 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31916 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31917 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31918 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31919
31920 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31921 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31922 cleaning up these problems.
31923
31924 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31925
31926 ;;;***
31927 \f
31928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22164 57535 899192
31929 ;;;;;; 607000))
31930 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31931
31932 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31933 Browse the widget under point.
31934
31935 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31936
31937 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31938 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31939
31940 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31941
31942 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31943 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31944
31945 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31946
31947 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31948 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31950 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31951 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31952
31953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31954
31955 ;;;***
31956 \f
31957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22164 57535 915192
31958 ;;;;;; 607000))
31959 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31960
31961 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31962 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31963
31964 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31965
31966 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31967 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31968 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31969
31970 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31971
31972 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31973 Create widget of TYPE.
31974 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31975
31976 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31977
31978 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31979 Delete WIDGET.
31980
31981 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31982
31983 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31984 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31985
31986 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31987
31988 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31989 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31990 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31991 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31992
31993 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31994 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31995
31996 \(fn)" nil nil)
31997
31998 ;;;***
31999 \f
32000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22164 57535 919192
32001 ;;;;;; 607000))
32002 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32003
32004 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32005 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32006 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32007 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32008 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32009 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32010 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32011
32012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32013
32014 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32015 Select the window above the current one.
32016 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32017 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32018 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32019 negative ARG) of the current window.
32020 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32021
32022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32023
32024 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32025 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32026 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32027 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32028 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32029 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32030 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32031
32032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32033
32034 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32035 Select the window below the current one.
32036 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32037 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32038 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32039 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32040 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32041
32042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32043
32044 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32045 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32046 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32047 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32048
32049 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32050
32051 ;;;***
32052 \f
32053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22164 57535 935192 607000))
32054 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32055
32056 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32057 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32058 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32061 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32062
32063 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32064
32065 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32066 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32070 \\{winner-mode-map}
32071
32072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32073
32074 ;;;***
32075 \f
32076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22164 57535 943192 607000))
32077 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32078 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32079
32080 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32081 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32082 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32083 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32084 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32085
32086 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32087
32088 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32089 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32090 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32091 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32092 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32093 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32094 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32095 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32096
32097 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32098 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32099
32100 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32101
32102 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32103 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32104
32105 \(fn)" t nil)
32106
32107 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32108 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32109 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32110 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32111 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32112 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32113 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32114 `woman' command for further details.
32115
32116 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32117
32118 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32119 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32120
32121 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32122
32123 ;;;***
32124 \f
32125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22164 57535 943192 607000))
32126 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32127
32128 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32129 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32130 Return the top node with all its children.
32131 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32132
32133 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32134 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32135 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32136
32137 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32138
32139 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32140 namespace to URIs instead.
32141
32142 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32143 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32144
32145 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32146
32147 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32148
32149 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32150
32151 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32152 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32153 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32154 not contain well-formed XML.
32155
32156 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32157 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32158 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32159 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32160 element of the list.
32161 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32162 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32163 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32164
32165 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32166
32167 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32168 namespace to URIs instead.
32169
32170 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32171 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32172
32173 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32174
32175 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32176
32177 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32178
32179 ;;;***
32180 \f
32181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22171 30780 172984
32182 ;;;;;; 795000))
32183 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32184
32185 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32186 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32187 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32188 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32189 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32190 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32191 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32192 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32193 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32194 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32195
32196 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32197
32198 ;;;***
32199 \f
32200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22189 60739 217741
32201 ;;;;;; 19000))
32202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32203
32204 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32205
32206
32207 \(fn)" nil nil)
32208
32209 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32210 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32211
32212 \(fn)" t nil)
32213
32214 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32215 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32216
32217 \(fn)" nil nil)
32218
32219 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32220 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32221 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32222 prompt for it.
32223
32224 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32225 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32226 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32227 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32228
32229 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32230
32231 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32232 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32233
32234 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32235
32236 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32237 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32238
32239 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32240
32241 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32242 Find references to the identifier at point.
32243 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32244
32245 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32246
32247 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32248 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32249 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32250
32251 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32252 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32253 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32254 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32255 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32256 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32257 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32258
32259 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32260 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32261 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32262 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32263
32264 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32265
32266 ;;;***
32267 \f
32268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22164 57535 947192
32269 ;;;;;; 607000))
32270 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32271
32272 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32273 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32274 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32277 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32278
32279 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32280
32281 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32282 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32284 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32286
32287 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32288 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32289 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32290 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32291 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32292 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32293
32294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32295
32296 ;;;***
32297 \f
32298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22189 60739 365741
32299 ;;;;;; 19000))
32300 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32301
32302 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32303 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32304 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32305 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32306
32307 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32308
32309 ;;;***
32310 \f
32311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22164 57534 703192 607000))
32312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32313
32314 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32315 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32316
32317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32318
32319 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32320 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32321
32322 \(fn)" nil nil)
32323
32324 ;;;***
32325 \f
32326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22164 57535 307192 607000))
32327 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32328
32329 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32330 Zone out, completely.
32331
32332 \(fn)" t nil)
32333
32334 ;;;***
32335 \f
32336 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el" "international/charscript.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "net/puny.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "ps-samp.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (22191 16358 345822
32554 ;;;;;; 179000))
32555
32556 ;;;***
32557 \f
32558 (provide 'loaddefs)
32559 ;; Local Variables:
32560 ;; version-control: never
32561 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32562 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32563 ;; coding: utf-8
32564 ;; End:
32565 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here